UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x                                        ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006

OR

o                                          TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 001-33076


WILLDAN GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

 

14-1951112

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Incorporation or Organization)

 

Identification No.)

2401 East Katella Avenue, Suite 300, Anaheim, CA

 

92806

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (800) 424-9144

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

Nasdaq Global Market

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer o

 

Accelerated Filer o

 

Non-Accelerated Filer x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x

The registrant’s common stock had not yet been listed as of the last day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter. As of December 29, 2006, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed fiscal quarter, there were 5,681,700 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding that were held by non-affiliates of the registrant and the aggregate market value of such shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing sale price of such shares on The Nasdaq Global Market on December 29, 2006) was approximately $56.8 million. Shares of the registrant’s common stock held by each executive officer and director as of December 29, 2006 have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates of the registrant. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. As of March 26, 2007, there were 7,147,640 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value share, of the registrant issued and outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference:

The information required by Part III of this Report, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated herein by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in 2007, which definitive proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this Report relates.

 




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

 

BUSINESS

 

 

1

 

 

ITEM 1A.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

 

18

 

 

ITEM 1B.

 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

 

26

 

 

ITEM 2.

 

PROPERTIES

 

 

26

 

 

ITEM 3.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

 

26

 

 

ITEM 4.

 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 5.

 

MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

 

28

 

 

ITEM 6.

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

31

 

 

ITEM 7.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

33

 

 

ITEM 7A.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

 

45

 

 

ITEM 8.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

 

46

 

 

ITEM 9.

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

 

46

 

 

ITEM 9A.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

 

46

 

 

ITEM 9B.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 10.

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

 

47

 

 

ITEM 11.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

 

47

 

 

ITEM 12.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

 

 

47

 

 

ITEM 13.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

 

47

 

 

ITEM 14.

 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 15.

 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

 

48

 

 

 




PART I

ITEM 1.                BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of outsourced services to small and mid-sized public agencies in California and other western states. Outsourcing enables these agencies to provide a wide range of specialized services, without having to incur and maintain the overhead necessary to develop staffing in-house. We provide a broad range of services to public agencies, including:

·       civil engineering;

·       building and safety services;

·       geotechnical engineering;

·       financial and economic consulting; and

·       disaster preparedness and homeland security.

We operate our business through a network of over 20 offices located throughout California and other western states and had a staff of 670 as of December 29, 2006 that includes licensed engineers and other professionals. Our core clients are public agencies in communities with populations ranging from 10,000 to 300,000 people. We believe communities of this size are underserved by large outsourcing companies that tend to focus on securing large federal and state projects, as well as projects for the private sector. We seek to establish a close working relationship with our public agency clients and, over time, to expand the breadth and depth of the services we provide to them.

While we currently serve communities throughout the country, our business is concentrated in California and neighboring states. We provide services to approximately 60% of the 478 cities and over 60% of the 58 counties in California. We also serve special districts, school districts and other public agencies.

We were founded over 40 years ago, and today consist of a family of wholly owned companies that operate within the following areas:

·       Engineering Services.   Our subsidiary, Willdan, provides engineering-related services to public agencies, and our subsidiary, Arroyo Geotechnical, offers geotechnical engineering services. For fiscal year 2005 and fiscal year 2006, revenue for the Engineering Services segment represented 84.6% and 84.1%, respectively, of our overall contract revenue.

·       Public Finance Services.   Our subsidiary, MuniFinancial, offers financial and economic services to public agencies. For fiscal year 2005 and fiscal year 2006, contract revenue for the Public Finance Services segment represented 15.3% and 14.7%, respectively, of our overall contract revenue.

·       Homeland Security Services.   Our subsidiary, American Homeland Solutions, or AHS, offers homeland security, disaster preparedness and public safety consulting services. We formed AHS in 2004, and it began generating revenue in the second half of fiscal year 2005. For fiscal year 2005 and fiscal year 2006, contract revenue for our Homeland Security Services segment represented 0.1% and 1.2%, respectively, of our overall contract revenue.

In February and March 2007, there were several changes to our senior management affecting us and our operating subsidiary, Willdan. Win Westfall, who was our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, resigned from his positions as President and Chief Executive Officer as of February 8, 2007. Mr. Westfall continues to serve as Chairman. Since February 8, 2007, Tracy Lenocker, a former member of our board of directors, has served as interim Chief Executive Officer and

1




President, and will continue to do so until a successor has been appointed by the board of directors. Mr. Lenocker resigned from his positions as a member of our board of directors and audit committee and as chairman of the compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee as of February 8, 2007. Richard Kopecky, our former Senior Vice President and President and Chief Executive Officer of Willdan was terminated from both of these positions, effective February 6, 2007. He remains with the company in a new role at another of our subsidiaries, Public Agency Resources. David L. Hunt, who most recently served as the Senior Vice President and Regional Manager of our Orange County, California regional office, was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer of our subsidiary, Willdan, on March 21, 2007. Mr. Westfall served as the interim President and Chief Executive Officer of our subsidiary Willdan prior to Mr. Hunt’s appointment.

Market Opportunity

As the population of the United States continues to grow, cities, counties and local agencies face the increased challenges of building the infrastructure and providing the services required by their growing constituencies. These entities increasingly are turning to privatization as a way to supplement their in-house ability to deliver services.

Much of the western United States, particularly in California, is characterized by strong county governments that oversee large tracts of land. Beginning in the 1960’s, cities and towns in California began to contract for governmental services, such as police and fire, from the counties in which they were located. Over time, this form of outsourcing extended to private companies, which provided ready access to expertise, without the corresponding financial commitment to the hiring of permanent staff. Today the privatization of services is particularly well established in California and the western United States, where hundreds of communities currently utilize contract services.

Conversely, we believe that much of the northeastern, midwestern and southern sections of the United States were developed by the creation of densely populated, major urban areas that are surrounded by small towns, villages and cities, many of which chose to establish their own governmental operations, and provide discrete police, fire, building and safety, public works and other services to their constituents. As the infrastructure in these communities deteriorates, we believe outsourcing to the private sector will become a logical alternative to developing in-house expertise and staffing to rehabilitate the existing public infrastructure.

We believe the market for privatized governmental services is being driven by a number of factors, including:

·       population growth, which leads to a need for increased capacity in government services and infrastructure;

·       demand by constituents for a wider variety of services;

·       the creation of new municipalities and the growth of smaller communities, which creates the need to obtain highly specialized services without incurring the costs of hiring permanent staffing and the associated support structure;

·       the deterioration of local infrastructures, especially in aging areas; and

·       government funding programs, such as federal homeland security grants and various state legislation, that provide funds for local communities to provide services to their constituents.

2




Within our specific markets, privatized services can take the form of:

·       contracting for specific projects, such as engineering design, construction management and inspection for public infrastructure improvements, such as streets, water and wastewater systems, or storm drains;

·       creating or staffing entire departments or positions within departments, on a contract or interim basis, such as serving as the building and safety department of a newly formed community, or supplying a contract engineer, planner or building official to supplement an existing agency; and

·       providing overflow and emergency work, such as building and infrastructure plan review or inspections relating to construction and reconstruction efforts.

Engineering Services

Engineering services encompass a variety of disciplines associated with the design and construction of public infrastructure improvements. We expect demand for engineering services to grow as continued population growth in California and other western states places significant strain on the infrastructure in those areas. The U.S. Census Bureau projects that the populations of California, Arizona, Colorado, Utah and Nevada will, in aggregate, increase by over 23 million residents from 2000 to the year 2030. The table below shows long-term growth projections for those five western states:

Projected Changes in State Populations: 2000 to 2030

 

 

Census 2000
Population

 

Projected
Population
for 2030

 

Projected
Change in
Residents
Added
(2000-2030)

 

Projected
Change as a
Percentage
(2000-2030)

 

50-State
Rank in
Percentage
Change

 

California

 

33,872,000

 

46,445,000

 

12,573,000

 

 

37.1

%

 

 

13

 

 

Arizona

 

5,131,000

 

10,712,000

 

5,581,000

 

 

108.8

 

 

 

2

 

 

Colorado

 

4,301,000

 

5,792,000

 

1,491,000

 

 

34.7

 

 

 

14

 

 

Utah

 

2,233,000

 

3,485,000

 

1,252,000

 

 

56.1

 

 

 

5

 

 

Nevada

 

1,998,000

 

4,282,000

 

2,284,000

 

 

114.3

 

 

 

1

 

 


Source: U.S. Census Bureau, Population Division, April 2005

From 2000 to 2005, the population in these fives states grew by over 3.7 million people, according to the U.S. Census Bureau.

Increasing populations drive the need for new infrastructure, as well as the rehabilitation of aging structures, such as those related to aviation, bridges, dams, drinking water, energy (power), hazardous waste, navigable waterways, public parks/recreation, railroads, roads, schools, security, solid waste, transit, and wastewater. The American Society of Civil Engineers, or ASCE, in its 2005 United States Infrastructure Report Card, rated only one of these elements, solid waste, as high as “C+”. The elements were rated on a school-type scale of A to F, on a national basis. Ten of the 15 were rated “D+” or below. On a national level, the ASCE estimates that $1.6 trillion needs to be spent over the next five years to bring these elements up to a functional level.

At the state level, the grades for California as measured by the ASCE were similar. The ASCE estimates that 28% of California’s bridges are structurally deficient or functionally obsolete, and 71% of the state’s major roads are in poor or mediocre condition. Additionally, the ASCE estimates that $17.5 billion will be needed over the next 20 years to meet the drinking water needs for the state. These findings are supported by the California Infrastructure Coalition’s annual report for 2005, in which the

3




Coalition states that much of the state’s infrastructure is outdated, overburdened and will not meet the needs of the state’s projected population growth.

In August 2005, President Bush signed the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users, or SAFETEA-LU, in response to growing concern over the condition of our nation’s infrastructure. This legislation allocates more than $286 billion to infrastructure investment through 2009, a 40% increase over predecessor legislation. State and local governments will play an expanded role in the deployment of these federal funds, receiving approximately 79% of the disbursements. California is slated to receive $23 billion under this program.

In addition, state and local agencies are devoting an increasing percentage of their own budgets to infrastructure. The State of California budget for fiscal year 2006-2007 provides in excess of $13.3 billion for transportation and infrastructure related spending, an increase of 9% over fiscal year 2005-2006. A significant portion of these funds will be “pushed down” to local agencies for project implementation. The Cities’ Annual Report from the California State Controller’s Office indicated that, for fiscal year 2003-2004 (the most recent report published), total city operating expenditures exceeded $40 billion, an increase of 3.9% over the prior period. In addition, approximately $8.2 billion was budgeted to be spent on capital improvements, an increase of 1.5% over the prior fiscal year. We believe that the trend toward increased local funding of infrastructure related activities will continue in subsequent years.

Voters in the western United States are also acting to provide funding for infrastructure improvement and rehabilitation. In California, the voters in 18 counties, representing over 75% of the state’s population, have passed sales tax increases to fund transportation improvements. In Maricopa County, Arizona, voters enacted Proposition 400, which extends a half-cent sales tax for an additional 20 years to continue funding road building and transportation infrastructure, a measure that is expected to generate approximately $8.5 billion over this period. In Tucson, Arizona, city voters recently passed a half-cent sales tax increase that is expected to generate $2.1 billion for transportation projects over the next 20 years.

Public Finance Services

Public agencies face an increasing burden to raise the necessary funding to build, improve and maintain infrastructure and to provide services to their local communities. While tax revenues are a primary source of funding, in California there are property tax and spending limits that curtail the generation of these funds. Alternatives include the issuance of tax-exempt securities; the formation of special financing districts to assess property owners on a parcel basis for infrastructure and public improvements, such as assessment districts and community facilities districts (known as Mello-Roos in California); the implementation of development impact fee programs that require developers to bear the cost of the impact of development on local infrastructure; user fee programs that pass costs along to the actual users of services; optimization of utility rates; and special taxes enacted by voters for specific purposes.

In California, the use of special tax revenue bonds and special assessment bonds has increased since 2003. Special tax revenue bonds are tax-exempt securities associated with community facilities districts. Special assessment bonds are the tax-exempt securities used in conjunction with assessment districts. The proceeds from these bonds are used to finance the construction and maintenance of public infrastructure.

4




The table below shows the use of tax-exempt securities in conjunction with bonded special financing districts in California from 2003 through 2006:

Special Assessment Bonds

 

Special Tax Revenue Bonds (CFD’s) 

 

Year

 

Dollar
Amount
of Bonds
Issued

 

% Change

 

Number
of
Issuances

 

Year

 

Dollar
Amount
of Bonds
Issued

 

% Change

 

Number
of
Issuances

 

2003

 

$

402,698,000

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

46

 

 

2003

 

$

1,546,220,000

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

125

 

 

2004

 

474,456,000

 

 

17.8

%

 

 

71

 

 

2004

 

1,713,404,000

 

 

10.8

%

 

 

165

 

 

2005

 

606,007,000

 

 

27.7

%

 

 

68

 

 

2005

 

2,761,958,000

 

 

61.2

%

 

 

188

 

 

2006

 

440,991,000

 

 

(27.2

)%

 

 

45

 

 

2006

 

2,257,656,000

 

 

(18.3

)%

 

 

184

 

 


Source:           California State Treasurer’s Office, California Debt and Investment Advisory Commission. Data includes refundings of existing debt.

California continues to be the nation’s leading issuer of all types of tax-exempt debt, followed by Texas, New York and Florida. In 2006, a total of 993 sales of tax-exempt securities took place in California, for a total issuance of $48.7 billion, a 15.4% decrease over 2005. Issuers in Texas sold $37.7 billion in tax-exempt bonds in 2006, an increase of 6.0% over 2005. New York sold 748 issuances totaling $32.8 billion, a decrease of 23.9%. Florida sold $27.0 billion in 2006, an increase of 35.0% over 2005. Federal compliance requirements, such as arbitrage rebate calculation and continuing disclosure, apply to all tax-exempt issuances on a nation-wide basis.

To implement these financing techniques, public agencies frequently contract with private consultants to provide the advance studies, manage the processes and provide the administration necessary to support these methods. Consultants have the expertise necessary to form the special financing districts and produce an impact fee study used to develop a schedule of developer fees.

Privatized services are then also utilized to implement the programs or revised rate schedules, and in the case of special financing districts, administer the districts through the life of the bonds. Consultants also frequently provide the services necessary to comply with federal requirements for tax-exempt debt, such as arbitrage rebate calculations and continuing disclosure reports. Use of such services allows public agencies to capitalize on innovative public finance techniques without incurring the cost of developing in-house expertise.

Homeland Security Services

After September 11, 2001, the need to protect civil infrastructure and implement additional security measures became a priority at all levels of government. In addition to the threat of terrorism, Hurricanes Katrina and Rita highlighted the vulnerability of our country’s infrastructure to natural disasters. These events placed an increased burden on local and regional public agencies to be prepared to respond. In addition to fire and safety personnel, agencies responsible for the physical safety of infrastructure elements, such as water and wastewater systems, ports and airports, roads and highways, bridges and dams, are under increased pressure to prepare for natural and man-made disasters. Accordingly, the federal government now considers public works staff members to be “first responders” to such incidents and we believe that agencies are allocating resources accordingly.

For fiscal year 2006, under the Department of Homeland Security Grant Program, or HSGP, the federal government will provide $1.7 billion to the states, which in turn will disburse these funds to local law enforcement and other agencies. The federal Department of Homeland Security, or DHS, has designated 46 metropolitan areas throughout the country to receive almost half of the HSGP funds

5




through a program called the DHS Urban Area Security Initiative, or UASI. Designated UASI metropolitan areas include: five metropolitan areas in California; the Phoenix, Arizona (Maricopa County) metropolitan area; Denver, Colorado; and Las Vegas, Nevada. States and local communities also are increasing budget funds for immigration and homeland security matters.

The table below shows federal HSGP disbursements to California, Arizona, Colorado, Utah and Nevada, and how those funds will be deployed to local agencies and initiatives. The state HSGP allocation provides for state grants to cities and other local government agencies.

Federal Department of Homeland Security Grant Program—Fiscal Year 2006

 

Total HSGP
Allocation

 

State HSGP
Allocation

 

Local Law
Enforcement
Terrorism
Prevention

 

UASI
Allocation

 

Metropolitan
Medical Response
System Allocation

 

Citizens Corps
Allocation

 

California

 

$

231,951,000

 

$

47,580,000

 

$

42,370,000

 

$

136,290,000

 

 

$

4,180,000

 

 

 

$

1,529,000

 

 

Arizona

 

20,171,000

 

8,660,000

 

6,290,000

 

3,920,000

 

 

929,000

 

 

 

372,000

 

 

Colorado

 

21,080,000

 

8,080,000

 

7,600,000

 

4,380,000

 

 

697,000

 

 

 

323,000

 

 

Utah

 

8,271,000

 

4,520,000

 

3,280,000

 

 

 

232,000

 

 

 

239,000

 

 

Nevada

 

20,509,000

 

8,110,000

 

4,180,000

 

7,750,000

 

 

232,000

 

 

 

237,000

 

 


Source:           U.S. Department of Homeland Security

We expect homeland security funding to remain constant at the federal and state levels for the foreseeable future.

Competitive Strengths

Founded over 40 years ago, we have a well-established track record of providing a wide range of privatized services to the public sector. We have developed the experience base, professional staff and support technology and software necessary to quickly and effectively respond to the needs of our clients. We believe we have developed a reputation within our industry as problem solvers across a broad range of client issues. Some of our competitive strengths include:

Quality of Service.   We pride ourselves on the quality of service that we provide to our clients. The work for which we compete is awarded primarily based on the company’s qualifications, rather than the fees proposed. We believe that our service levels, experience and expertise satisfy even the most rigorous qualification standards. We have developed a strong reputation for quality, based upon our depth of experience, ability to attract quality professionals, customized technology and software that support our services, local knowledge and the expertise we possess across multiple disciplines. We believe we are well-positioned to serve public sector clients due to our knowledge of the unique reporting processes and operating procedures of public agencies, which differ substantially from the private sector. Because public engineering contracts in California are awarded primarily based on qualifications, we believe our high quality of service is a significant factor in our providing services currently to over 60% of the cities and counties in California.

Broad range of services.   Our focus on customer service has led us to continually broaden the scope of the services we provide. At different stages in our 40-year history, as the needs of our public sector clients have evolved, we have developed service capabilities complementary to our core engineering business, including building and safety services, financial and economic services, planning services, geotechnical services, code enforcement services and, most recently, disaster planning and homeland security services.

6




Further, because we recognize that local public sector projects and issues often cross departmental lines, we have developed the capability to deliver multiple services in a cohesive manner to better serve our client communities as a whole.

Strategic locations in key markets.   Local agencies want professionals who understand their local needs. Therefore, we deliver our services through a network of over 20 offices dispersed throughout the western United States. Further, each of our offices is staffed with quality professionals, including former management level public sector employees, such as planners, engineers, inspectors, and police and fire department personnel. These professionals understand the local and regional markets in which they work. In addition, we operate in some of the fastest growing states, counties and cities in the country. We operate in four of the five fastest growing counties in the country (based on number of residents added from July 2004 to July 2005):  Maricopa County, Arizona; Clark County, Nevada; and Riverside and San Bernardino Counties, California. In addition, we operate in California, Arizona and Nevada, in which seven of the top 10 fastest growing cities in the nation (with populations over 100,000) are located. (Source: U.S. Census Bureau, Population Division, April 2005).

Strong, long-term client relationships.   We have developed strong relationships with our public agency clients, some of whom we have worked with for over 25 years. The value of these long-term relationships is reflected in the recurring award of new projects, ongoing staffing assignments, and long-term projects that require high-level supervision. We also seek to maintain close personal relationships with public agency decision-makers to strengthen our relationships with them and the agencies with which they work. We frequently develop new client relationships as our public agency contacts are promoted or move to other agencies. Our strong culture of community involvement and leadership in key public agency organizations underscores our customer focus and helps us cultivate and expand our client base.

Experienced, talented, and motivated employees.   Our staff consists of seasoned professionals with a broad array of specialties, and a strong customer service orientation. Our corporate culture places a high priority on investing in our people, including providing opportunities for stock ownership to attract, motivate and retain top professionals. Our executive officers have an average of more than 25 years of experience in or supporting the public sector, and an average of 17 years with our company.

Key Business Strategies

We intend to pursue the following strategies to increase our revenue and market share and profitably expand our business:

Continue to focus on small to mid-sized public agencies.   We focus on providing our services to small to mid-sized municipalities, counties, special districts and other public agencies and will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. We believe that these markets are underserved by large outsourcing companies that tend to focus on securing large federal and state projects, as well as projects for the private sector. In addition, because we work almost exclusively with governmental bodies, we are able to avoid the conflicts of interest that many of our competitors encounter who work for both private developers and the agencies that may be regulating these private entities. Further, working with literally hundreds of municipalities and public agencies has provided us with a broadly diversified client base.

Provide new service offerings and cross-sell existing services.   We intend to continue to expand our service offerings and to cross-sell additional services to existing clients. A recent example is the creation of our subsidiary, American Homeland Solutions, to provide homeland security and public safety consulting services to our core client base of local and regional public agencies. Increasingly, these public agencies face budget constraints that limit their ability to support new, unique or temporary service offerings. We believe that these government entities will increasingly view the use of privatized services as an attractive solution.

7




Expand our business geographically.   We have identified several high-growth regions in the United States, particularly in the Sunbelt, where we intend to pursue expansion of our business. We recently began serving communities in Colorado and Utah, and have opened offices in the states of Washington and Florida to capitalize on growth opportunities in these areas. We believe there are communities throughout the United States in which the local infrastructure is deteriorating and where contract, privatized services afford a potential solution. We intend to explore entering new markets through new office openings with key hires and through strategic acquisitions.

Continue to attract and retain valuable employees.   We believe we are able to attract and retain valuable employees as a result of having developed a strong reputation for providing quality services to our public agency clients. In addition to our traditional recruiting activities, this has provided us with a unique opportunity to attract excellent employees with local knowledge and expertise as they seek opportunities outside of public service. As a result, we are able to attract and retain a staff of well-trained, knowledgeable and respected employees who are able to provide a high level of service and local knowledge to our clients. We will continue to seek to make key hires, individually and through acquisitions, to facilitate both geographic expansion and new service offerings.

Our Services

We specialize in providing privatized services to public agencies. Our core client base is composed of cities, counties, special districts, other local and state agencies, and tribal governments.

We are organized to win and profitably manage numerous small to mid-size contracts at any one time. With our focus on local and regional agencies, typical contracts can range from $5,000 to over $1,000,000 in contract revenue. Our typical project contract has a duration of less than 12 months, although we have city services contracts that have been in effect for over 25 years. At December 29, 2006, we had approximately 3,000 open projects.

We offer services in three segments: Engineering Services, Public Finance Services, and Homeland Security Services. The interfaces and synergies among and between these segments are key elements of our strategy. Management established these segments based upon the services provided, the different marketing strategies associated with these services and the specialized needs of their respective clients.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the approximate percentage of our consolidated contract revenue attributable to each segment:

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

Engineering Services

 

83.4

%

84.6

%

84.1

%

Public Finance Services

 

16.6

%

15.3

%

14.7

%

Homeland Security Services

 

N/A

 

0.1

%

1.2

%

 

See Item 8 of Part II, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional segment information.

Engineering Services

We provide a wide range of engineering services to the public sector. In general, contracts for engineering services (as opposed to construction contracts) are awarded by public agencies based primarily upon the qualifications of the engineering professional, rather than the proposed fees. Many jobs are awarded without a mandated proposal process, especially where an agency has had a longstanding relationship with an engineering professional that has expertise in the type of project under consideration. A substantial percentage of our engineering related work is for existing clients and represents an extension of our long-term associations with them.

8




We offer our clients a broad range of engineering services, listed in the following table and described individually below:

City Engineering

 

Structural Engineering

Building and Safety

 

Planning

Public Works and Infrastructure Design

 

Landscape Architecture

Construction Management

 

Geotechnical Engineering

Traffic Engineering

 

Flood Control

Water and Wastewater Engineering

 

Code Enforcement

 

City Engineering.   We specialize in providing engineering services tailored to the unique needs of municipalities. City Engineering can range from staffing an entire engineering department to carrying out specific projects within a municipality, such as developing a pavement management program or reviewing engineering plans on behalf of a city. This is the core of our original business and was the first service offered when we were founded over 40 years ago.

Building and Safety.   Our building and safety services can range from managing and staffing an entire municipal building department to providing specific outsourced services such as plan review and field inspections. Other aspects of this discipline include performing accessibility compliance and providing disaster recovery teams, energy compliance evaluations, permit processing and issuance, seismic retrofitting programs and structural plan review. Many of our building and safety services engagements are with municipalities and counties in high growth areas where workloads exceed the capacity of in-house staff.

Public Works and Infrastructure Design.   This sector constitutes our traditional engineering design function. Our engineers design roads, streets and highways; airport and transit facilities; freeway interchanges; high occupancy vehicles lanes; pavement reconstruction; and other elements of state, county and city infrastructure.

Construction Management.   We have developed construction and program management systems specifically devoted to our public sector clients. We provide inspection services, along with full construction management and support, depending on the client’s needs and the scope of the specific project. Our construction management experience encompasses projects such as streets, bridges, sewers and storm drains, water systems, parks, pools and utilities.

Traffic Engineering.   Our traffic engineering services involve serving as the contract city traffic engineer in communities, as well as performing design and traffic planning projects for our clients. These services and projects include parking management studies, intersection analyses and improvements, traffic impact reports, and traffic signal and control systems. In 1999, we acquired WPA Traffic Engineering, Inc., a traffic engineering firm in southern California, which was integrated into our Orange County regional office and now operates as a division of our Willdan subsidiary.

Water and Wastewater Engineering.   Our water and wastewater engineering services include design and project management of public water and wastewater facilities. Our core competencies include hydraulic modeling, master planning, rate studies and design and construction services. Our design experience includes reservoirs, pressure reducing stations, pump and lift stations, and pipeline alignment studies, as well as water/wastewater collection, distribution and treatment facilities.

Structural Engineering.   Our structural engineering services include bridge design, bridge evaluation and inspection, highway and railroad bridge planning and design, highway interchange design, railroad grade separation design, bridge seismic retrofitting, building design and retrofit, sound wall and retaining wall design, and planning and design for bridge rehabilitation and replacement.

9




Planning.   We offer services to planning agencies as well as community development/redevelopment departments within cities. Typically, cities contract with us to relieve peak workload situations or to fill vacant planning positions on an interim basis. In other instances, we will handle the entire planning function for small or newly incorporated cities.

Landscape Architecture.   Our services in the area of landscape architecture include design, planning, landscape management and urban forestry. Specific projects include park design and master planning, bidding and construction documents, water conservation plans, urban beautification programs, landscape maintenance management, site planning and assessment district management.

Geotechnical Engineering.   We provide geotechnical engineering services, including soils testing, slope stability evaluations, earthquake engineering, engineering geology and hydrogeology. We have a licensed, full service geotechnical laboratory at our headquarters in Anaheim, California, which offers an array of testing services, including the relatively new line of construction materials testing and inspection.

Flood Control.   We provide a complete analysis and projection of storm flows for use in master drainage plans and for individual storm drain systems to reduce flooding in streets and adjacent properties.

Code Enforcement.   We assist municipalities with the development and implementation of neighborhood preservation programs and the staffing of code enforcement personnel.

Selected Projects.   Examples of typical ongoing projects we have in the Engineering Services segment include:

·       City of Rosemead, California. We began working with the City of Rosemead in 1976, when we became the designated city engineer for this Los Angeles County community. Over time, the services we provide to the city have expanded to include: building and safety services, traffic engineering, planning, community development services, public works design, construction management and observation, and all related support services. Our personnel staff the city’s planning and building department counters, administer housing rehabilitation programs and act as the city’s building inspectors. Today, 30 years later, in addition to the services listed above, our personnel are named as the city’s designated city engineer, traffic engineer and building official.

·       City of Maricopa, Arizona. In October 2003, the City of Maricopa was incorporated and became Arizona’s 88th city. We were hired in April 2004 to assist in creating a development services department for the city. This included continual staffing to respond to requests for building plan review and inspection, counter services, public works plan review as well as serving as the community’s designated building official. After developing a number of standards, procedures and processes which relied heavily on our experience in other cities, we successfully opened the doors to the city’s first development services department in July 2004. Since then, we have logged over 10,000 hours of counter staffing, provided building plan review and permitting for over 12,000 housing units and 100 commercial projects, and provided plan review for plats and infrastructure improvements on over 200 subdivisions ranging in size from 150 to 2,000 lots. Our relationship with the City of Maricopa has expanded to include the preparation of the city’s first General Plan, and we currently are assisting with the development of code enforcement policies and procedures.

·       Clark County, Nevada. In 1987, we were engaged by the Clark County, Nevada Department of Building and Safety to provide plan review services. In 1989, the Clark County Department of Public Works contracted with us to provide review services for drainage studies. Since then, our contracts have been renewed continuously and expanded to include review services for traffic studies and public improvement plans as well. At the inception of these contracts, we provided these review services on an overflow, as-needed basis. Beginning with a very low volume of services, the scope and quantity of services has grown over the past 20 years. In Clark County’s fiscal year

10




2005-2006, we provided 296 engineering reviews for the Department of Public Works and 713 reviews for the Department of Building and Safety.

·       City of La Canada Flintridge, California. In 1996, we began working as the prime consultant for the City of La Canada Flintridge on its approximately $85 million project to convert the city from individual septic systems to a traditional sewer collection system. Our services for this project, which are still under way, include assessment district formation, engineering design, construction management and inspection. To launch the project, we prepared the sewer master plan, through which the city was divided into four separate phases. Funding for the design and construction of improvements within each phase was provided by the formation of assessment districts. Phases 1 and 2 are complete; the construction of Phase 3 is scheduled for completion in September 2007. We have completed the preliminary design for Phase 4, which is tentatively scheduled to begin construction in June 2008.

Public Finance Services

We acquired our public finance consulting business in 1999 to supplement the services we offer our public sector clients. In general, we supply expertise and support for the various financing techniques employed by public agencies to finance their operations and infrastructure. We also support the mandated reporting and other requirements associated with these financings. We do not provide underwriting or financial advisory services for municipal securities.

Unlike our Engineering Services business, we often compete for business, at least initially, through a competitive bid process. However, since many public sector financing instruments, such as tax-exempt bonds, remain outstanding for up to 30 years, once we have established a client relationship, the client tends to retain us for as long as the financing remains in place. Our services in this segment include the following:

District Administration.   We administer special districts on behalf of public agencies. The types of special districts administered include community facilities districts (in California, Mello-Roos districts), assessment districts, landscape and lighting districts, school facilities improvement districts, water districts, benefit assessment districts, fire suppression districts, and business improvement districts. Our administration services include calculating the annual levy for each parcel in the district; billing charges directly or through a county tax roll; preparing the annual Engineer’s Report, budget and resolutions; reporting on collections and payment status; calculating prepayment quotes; and providing financial analyses, modeling and budget forecasting. From July 2006 to June 2007, we plan to administer over 1,400 districts on behalf of more than 190 public agencies, involving an annual levy of more than six million parcels that is expected to generate approximately $590 million in public revenues.

The key to our District Administration services is our proprietary software package, MuniMagic®: Municipal Administration & Government Information Coordinator, which we developed internally to redefine the way we administer special districts. MuniMagic® is a database management program that maintains parcel data; calculates special taxes, assessments, fees and charges; manages payment tracking; maintains bond-related information in a single, central location; and provides reporting, financial modeling and analysis at multiple levels of detail. MuniMagic® offers a significant competitive advantage in an industry driven by the ability to accurately process extremely large quantities of data. MuniMagic® is also available for licensing by our existing clients. See “—Intellectual Property” for a discussion of the licensing terms.

11




Financial Consulting Services.   We perform economic analyses and financial projects for public agencies, including:

·       fee and rate studies, such as cost allocation studies, user fee analysis, utility rate analysis, fiscal impact studies and development fee studies;

·       special district formations, which involves the design, development and initiation of community facilities districts, school facilities, improvement districts, assessment districts, landscape and lighting districts, benefit assessment districts, business improvement districts, fire suppression assessments and re-engineering;

·       facility financing plans;

·       economic impact analyses;

·       the formation of new public entities, annexations and incorporations;

·       reassessment engineering for bond refunding; and

·       infrastructure analysis both to evaluate the need for rehabilitation efforts, and for financial reporting purposes, in association with Willdan.

Federal Compliance Services.   We offer federal compliance services to issuers of municipal securities, which can be cities, towns, school districts, housing authorities and other entities that are eligible to issue tax-exempt securities. Specifically, we provide arbitrage rebate calculations and municipal disclosure services that assist issuers to remain in compliance with federal regulations. We provide these reports, together with related compliance services such as bond elections, temporary period yield restriction, escrow fund monitoring, rebate payments and refund requests. In terms of continuing disclosure services, we both produce the required annual reports and disseminate those reports on behalf of the issuers. We provide federal compliance services to approximately 500 issuers in 36 states and the District of Columbia on more than 1,900 bond issues totaling over $47 billion in municipal debt.

Selected Projects.   Examples of typical ongoing projects we have in the Public Finance Services segment include:

·       Metropolitan Water District of Southern California. Since 2002, we have administered water standby charges for the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California, or MWD. This involves the placement of standby charges onto the property tax bills of parcel owners within the six-county area serviced by MWD. Data for over four million parcels is managed. Over 3.3 million parcels are levied on an annual basis, totaling $42.8 million in water district revenues. In 2005, our contract with the MWD was extended for an additional five years.

·       City of Indio, California. In 1997, the City of Indio engaged us to administer their landscape and lighting districts. In April 2005, our services were expanded to include the administration of their local improvement and community facilities districts, as well as delinquency management and municipal disclosure services. This agreement is in effect for as long as the underlying districts are active. Since then, our relationship with the city has expanded further to include assessment engineering services, a water rate study, and special district formations. Arbitrage rebate calculations and continuing disclosure reports have also been contracted with us for a term of 30 years.

·       City of Roseville, California. Our association with the City of Roseville also began in 1997, with the administration of 11 special financing districts. Since then, our administration services have expanded to encompass 33 special financing districts, with contracts that will remain in effect for as long as the districts remain active. Delinquency management and municipal disclosure are included in these contracts. We also have provided the city with a number of consulting services, including

12




two fiscal impact analyses, an update to a public facilities fee study, a fire facilities impact fee study, an animal control facilities fee study, and arbitrage rebate services. The contract for arbitrage rebate services is open for the lives of the underlying bonds.

Homeland Security Services

We provide homeland security and public safety consulting services to cities, counties and related municipal service agencies such as utility and water companies, as well as school districts, port and transportation authorities, tribal governments and large business enterprises with a need for homeland security related services. We staff our projects in this area with former high level, local and regional public safety officers, and focus on solutions tailored for local agencies and their personnel.

We entered this segment in fiscal year 2004 with the formation of our subsidiary, American Homeland Solutions, or AHS, and began generating revenue in the second half of fiscal year 2005. Our services include:

Training Services.   We design customized training courses for all aspects of disaster, unusual occurrence and emergency responses. In this regard, we have developed and own several training courses that meet or exceed the requirements for the federal National Incident Management System, or NIMS, training. These courses assist clients in meeting their obligations to prepare their staff to utilize the NIMS. Our courses have been approved by California’s Commission on Peace Officers Standards and Training, the California Office of Emergency Services and the federal Department of Homeland Security’s “Office of Grants and Training”, formerly Office of Domestic Preparedness.

Emergency Operations Planning Services.   We design, implement, review and evaluate public agencies’ Emergency Operations Plan, including compliance and consistency with federal, state and local laws and policies. Plans are tailored in response to terrorism, intentional acts of sabotage and natural disasters. We also provide command and control and emergency response training for all types of unusual occurrences.

Terrorism and Threat Vulnerability Assessments.   These assessments involve the development of policies and procedures to assess threats and the vulnerability of local, regional, state and national infrastructures. Included in these assessments are: city and county buildings, ports and airports, facilities, power supplies, water supplies, communications networks and transportation systems.

Planning Evaluations and Exercises.   We conduct planning sessions and exercises, including those relating to weapons of mass destruction, large events, mass casualty transportation disasters, terrorism incident response, natural disaster response and recovery, and civil disorder events. We design these exercises for multi-agency involvement and are fully compliant with NIMS, the State Emergency Management System for California, and the National Response Plan. Exercises are designed to evaluate and test “first responders” and support personnel, as well as elected officials and agency management.

Public Safety and Management Consulting.   We provide independent analyses, evaluations and recommendations for enhancing the performance of public safety agencies, such as police and fire departments.

Selected Projects.   Examples of typical projects in the Homeland Security Services segment that are ongoing or completed include:

·       NIMS Training Sessions. We conduct NIMS training sessions for law enforcement, fire protection, building department and public works personnel, and other “first responders”. In 2006, representatives from over 500 public agencies attended AHS training courses.

·       City of Norwalk, California. We are currently assisting the City of Norwalk with an update of its emergency response plan. The project includes executive course training, and development of a field operations guide for emergency operations command and emergency disaster response.

13




·       City of Huntington Park, California. We conducted an analysis of the structure and effectiveness of the police department in the City of Huntington Park and offered recommendations as to how the department could better serve the community.

Business Development

We emphasize the development of new business through personal relationships with key decision makers in our industry, and by cross-selling our services among our business segments as opportunities arise. We seek to attract prospective clients through a well-established referral network, and participation in professional and community organizations and events. We seek to serve our clients well and repeatedly, and believe that our success is demonstrated by the number of clients that we have served for many years, and the referrals they make to others for our services.

Our business development efforts begin at our local offices with our project managers who work with appointed, rather than elected, senior officials on a day-to-day basis. These project managers have responsibility for client development within their business segment and geographic region. We believe that our local personnel have an in-depth understanding of local issues and, therefore, can effectively target their marketing activities. Our project managers are responsible for maintaining close contact with their clients, to ensure that the clients’ needs are being met and that they are satisfied with the quality of our work. Through close and regular client interaction, our project managers are well-positioned to identify new opportunities.

Marketing and Advertising

Our marketing programs are customer focused. Our managers participate in a variety of industry organizations related to the disciplines they practice and the public agencies they serve. Many of our managers serve or have served in leadership capacities for key professional organizations, such as the American Public Works Association, the International Code Council and the Institute of Transportation Engineers. Our managers also participate in public sector organizations including the League of California Cities, the National League of Cities, the International City Management Association, the National Association of County Engineers and the National Institute of Justice, Law Enforcement and Corrections.

Our Corporate Relations department, which is centralized in our Anaheim, California headquarters, is responsible for organizing attendance at public agency organization meetings, conferences and seminars and coordinating our print advertising and marketing campaigns. These tools are used to assist in the cultivation and nurturing of prospective and on-going client relationships. We advertise in more than 100 publications ranging from major national trade magazines to local publications to single edition event programs. We advertise in major public agency publications, including Police Chief Magazine, California Builder Magazine and the American Public Works Association Reporter.

Clients

Our clients primarily consist of cities, counties, redevelopment agencies, water districts, school districts and universities, state agencies, federal agencies, a variety of other special districts and agencies, and tribal governments. Our typical client is an agency serving a community of 10,000 to 300,000 persons. In fiscal year 2006, we served over 790 distinct clients. No individual client accounted for over 3.5% of our consolidated contract revenue in fiscal year 2006. For fiscal year 2006, each of our top eight clients accounted for between 1.7% and 3.5% of our consolidated contract revenue. Our clients are predominantly based in California, although we have major clients in both Arizona and Nevada. For fiscal year 2006, services provided to public agencies in California accounted for approximately 84% of our contract revenue.

14




Contract Structure

We provide our services under contracts, purchase orders or retainer letters. The contracts we enter into with our clients contain three principal types of pricing provisions:

·       Time-and-materials provisions provide for reimbursement of costs and overhead plus a fee for labor based on the time expended on a project multiplied by a negotiated hourly billing rate. The profitability achievable on a time and materials basis is driven by billable headcount and cost control.

·       Unit-based provisions require the delivery of specific units of work, such as arbitrage rebate calculations, dissemination of municipal securities continuing disclosure reports, or building plan checks, at an agreed price per unit, with the total payment under the contract determined by the actual number of units performed.

·       Fixed-price provisions require all work under a contract to be performed for a specified lump sum, which may be subject to adjustment if the scope of the project changes. Contracts with fixed-price provisions carry certain inherent risks, including risks of losses from underestimating costs, delays in project completion, problems with new technologies, price increases for materials, and economic and other changes that may occur over the contract period. Consequently, the profitability, if any, of fixed-price contracts may vary substantially.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the approximate percentage of our contract revenue subject to each type of pricing provision:

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

Time-and-materials

 

 

58

%

 

 

58

%

 

Unit-based

 

 

29

%

 

 

28

%

 

Fixed-price

 

 

13

%

 

 

14

%

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

Under each of the different types of contracts, other than unit-based, we bill our clients periodically in accordance with the contract terms based on costs incurred, on either an hourly-fee basis or on a percentage of completion basis, as the project progresses. For unit-based contracts, we bill our clients upon delivery of the contracted item or, in some cases, in advance of delivery.

Our contracts come up for renewal periodically and at the time of renewal may be subject to renegotiation, which could impact the profitability on that contract. In addition, during the term of a contract, public agencies may request additional or revised services which may impact the economics of the transaction. Most of our contracts permit our clients, with prior notice, to terminate the contracts at any time without cause. While the renewal, termination or modification of a contract may materially impact an individual project, we do not believe the renewal, termination or modification of any specific contract would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated operations due to our large volume of transactions and low customer concentration.

Competition

The market for our services is highly fragmented. We often compete with many other firms ranging from small local firms to large national firms. Contract awards are based primarily on qualifications, relevant experience, staffing capabilities, geographic presence, stability and price.

Doing business with governmental agencies is complex and requires the ability to comply with intricate regulations and satisfy periodic audits. We have been serving cities, counties, special districts and

15




other public agencies for over 40 years. We believe that the ability to understand these requirements and to successfully conduct business with governmental entities and agencies is a barrier to entry for potential competitors.

Our competition varies by type of client, type of service and geography. The range of competitors for any one project can vary depending upon technical specialties, the relative value of the project, geographic location, financial terms, risks associated with the work, and any client imposed restrictions. Unlike most of our competitors, we focus our services on public sector clients. Public sector clients generally choose among competing firms by weighing the quality, experience, innovation and timeliness of the firm’s services. When selecting consultants for engineering projects, many government agencies are required to, and others choose to, employ Qualifications Based Selection, or QBS. QBS requires the selection of the most technically qualified firms for a project, while the financial and legal terms of the engagement are generally secondary. QBS applies primarily to work done by our Engineering Services segment. Contracts in the Public Finance Services and Homeland Security Services areas typically are not subject to mandatory QBS standards, and often are awarded through a competitive bid process.

Our competition varies geographically. Although we provide services in several states, we may be stronger in certain service lines in some geographical areas than in other regions. Similarly, some of our larger competitors are stronger in some service lines in certain localities but are not as competitive in other localities. Our smaller competitors generally are limited both geographically as well as in the services they are able to provide.

We believe that primary competitors for our Engineering Services segment include: Charles Abbott & Associates, Inc., Bureau Veritas, Harris & Associates, Psomas, RBF Consulting, TetraTech, Inc., Stantec, Inc., Michael Baker Corporation, TRC Companies, Inc. and Jacobs Engineering Group, Inc. For our Public Finance Services segment, chief competitors include: David Taussig & Associates, Harris & Associates, Inc., NBS Government Finance Group and Ernst & Young LLP. We believe the Homeland Security Services segment competes primarily with EG&G (a division of URS Corporation) and SRA International, Inc.

Insurance

We currently maintain general liability insurance, with coverage in the amount of $1.0 million per occurrence, subject to a $2.0 million general aggregate limit; and professional liability insurance, with $5.0 million in coverage per claim, and a $10.0 million annual aggregate limit. Our professional liability policy is a “claims made” policy. We also carry excess coverage of an additional $9.0 million for general liability claims. We are liable to pay these claims from our assets if and when the aggregate settlement or judgment amount exceeds our policy limits.

Employees

At December 29, 2006, we had approximately 584 full-time employees and 86 part-time employees. All PARs employees are classified as part-time. Our employees include, among others, licensed civil, traffic and structural engineers, land surveyors, certified building officials, licensed geotechnical engineers and engineering geologists, certified inspectors and plans examiners, licensed architects and landscape architects, certified planners, and information technology specialists. We believe that we attract and retain highly skilled personnel with significant industry experience and strong client relationships by offering them challenging assignments in a stable work environment. We believe that our employee relations are good.

16




The following table sets forth the number of our employees in each of our business segments and our holding company:

 

 

As of Fiscal Year End

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

Engineering Services

 

404

 

 

481

 

 

 

542

 

 

Public Finance Services

 

65

 

 

78

 

 

 

78

 

 

Homeland Security Services

 

N/A

 

 

1

 

 

 

4

 

 

Holding Company Employees (Willdan Group, Inc.)

 

39

 

 

39

 

 

 

46

 

 

Total

 

508

 

 

599

 

 

 

670

 

 

 

At December 29, 2006, we contracted with approximately 40 former and current public safety officers to conduct homeland security services training courses. These instructors are classified as subconsultants and not employees. At December 29, 2006, all five of our field survey employees were covered by a Master Labor Agreement between the International Union of Operating Engineers Local Union No. 12 and the Southern California Association of Civil Engineers and Land Surveyors, which expires in October 2007.

Intellectual Property

The Willdan Group of Companies, Willdan, MuniFinancial, Arroyo Geotechnical, and AHS names and logos are service marks of ours, and we have applied for federal trademark registrations for each with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. We believe we have strong name recognition in the western United States and that this provides us a competitive advantage in obtaining new business. Consequently, we believe it is important to protect our brand identity through trademark registrations. The name and logo of our proprietary software, MuniMagic®, are registered trademarks of MuniFinancial, and we are planning to file an application for a federal copyright registration for the source code for the MuniMagic® software. We license the MuniMagic® software to existing clients pursuant to licensing agreements that allow varying levels of access to data. This technology allows clients to view their own data and is a form of deliverable to our clients. The use of licensing provides us protection for this proprietary technology. MuniMagic® is not a commercial product offered for sale.

Available Information

Our website is www.willdangroup.com and our investor relations page is under the caption “Investor Relations” on our website. We make available on this website under “SEC Filings,” free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We also make available on this website our prior earnings calls and, under the heading “Corporate Governance”, our Code of Ethical Conduct. Further, a copy of this annual report on Form 10-K is located at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding our filings at http://www.sec.gov.

17




ITEM 1A.        RISK FACTORS

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

The recent turnover of our top management, including our Chief Executive Officer, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In May 2006, Dan W. Heil, a co-founder of our company and our chief executive officer since its inception (except for the period of July 1993 through October 1995), passed away unexpectedly. Just prior to Mr. Heil’s death, and at his recommendation, our Board of Directors elected Win Westfall to succeed Mr. Heil. Mr. Westfall resigned as our chief executive officer in February 2007. One of our directors, Tracy Lenocker, agreed to resign from the board of directors and serve as our interim chief executive officer until we can find a successor to Mr. Westfall. In February 2007, Richard Kopecky, our Senior Vice President and the President and Chief Executive Officer of our operating subsidiary, Willdan, was terminated from these positions. In March 2007, David L. Hunt was appointed to serve as president and chief executive officer of our operating subsidiary, Willdan. Mr. Hunt has been with Willdan for 21 years, most recently as Senior Vice President and Regional Manager for the Orange County, California regional office.

We have engaged an executive search firm to find qualified candidates for the position of chief executive officer of Willdan Group, Inc. Although we have engaged a search firm, no assurance can be given that we can find qualified candidates promptly and that our business and the implementation of our business strategy will not be affected. Once a successor is chosen by our board of directors, no assurance can be given that this successor will be able to continue to successfully implement our strategic business plan or continue to foster our corporate culture.

The loss of additional key executives could adversely affect our business, including our ability to secure and complete engagements and attract and retain employees.

Although we have an employment agreement with our chief financial officer, we do not have employment agreements or maintain key man life insurance on most of our other key executives and employees. Because of the recent turnovers of our chief executive officer and senior vice president and president of our subsidiary, Willdan, any additional losses of our management team or key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, including the ability to secure or complete contracts and to attract and retain additional employees, including a new chief executive officer. Our success is highly dependent upon the efforts, talents, abilities, marketing skills and operational execution of our key executives and managers.

A downturn in public and private sector construction activity in the regions we serve may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A downturn in construction activity in our geographic service areas may affect demand for our services, which could have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations and our financial condition. During fiscal year 2006, a majority of our contract revenues were generated by services rendered to public agencies in connection with private and public sector construction projects.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations may also be adversely affected by conditions that impact the construction sector in general, including, among other things:

·       changes in national and local market conditions due to changes in general or local economic conditions and neighborhood characteristics;

·       slow-growth or no-growth initiatives or legislation;

·       increases in interest rates and changes in the availability, cost and terms of financing;

18




·       adverse changes in local and regional governmental policies on investment in infrastructure;

·       adverse changes in federal and state policies regarding the allocation of funds to local and regional agencies;

·       the impact of present or future environmental legislation and compliance with environmental laws and other regulatory requirements;

·       changes in real estate tax rates and assessments;

·       adverse changes in other governmental rules and fiscal policies; and

·       earthquakes and other natural disasters, which can cause uninsured losses, and other factors which are beyond our control.

Any of these factors could adversely affect the demand for our services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in the local and regional economies of California could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Adverse economic and other conditions affecting the local and regional economies of California may reduce the demand for our services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. During fiscal year 2006, approximately 84% of our contract revenue was derived from services rendered to public agencies in California. From 1991 to 1996, California experienced an economic downturn that had a negative impact on the construction and development sectors. This economic downturn caused us to experience cash flow difficulties and substantial operating losses.

Reductions in state and local government budgets could negatively impact their capital spending and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our state and local government clients may face budget deficits that prohibit them from funding new or existing projects. In addition, existing and potential clients may either postpone entering into new contracts or request price concessions. If we are not able to reduce our costs quickly enough to respond to the revenue decline from these clients that may occur, our operating results would be adversely affected. Accordingly, these factors affect our ability to accurately forecast our future revenue and earnings from business areas that may be adversely impacted by market conditions.

Legislation may be enacted that limits the ability of state, regional or local agencies to contract for our privatized services. Such legislation would affect our ability to obtain new contracts and may decrease the demand for our services.

Legislation is proposed periodically, particularly in California, that attempts to limit the ability of governmental agencies to contract with private consultants to provide services. Should such legislation pass and be upheld, demand for our services may be materially adversely affected. During fiscal year 2006, approximately 84% of our contract revenue was derived from services rendered to public agencies in California. While attempts at such legislation have failed in the past, as the composition of California’s legislative body changes over time there is an increased risk that measures could be adopted in the future that limit the market for privatized services.

19




State and other public employee unions may prevail in pending or future litigation which seeks to limit the ability of public agencies to contract with private firms to perform government employee functions in the area of public improvements. Judicial determinations in favor of these unions could affect our ability to compete for contracts and may have an adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

Over at least the last 20 years, state and other public employee unions have challenged the validity of propositions, legislation, charters and other government regulations that allow public agencies to contract with private firms to provide services in the fields of engineering, design and construction of public improvements that might otherwise be provided by public employees. These challenges could have the affect of eliminating, or severely restricting, the ability of municipalities to hire private firms for the purpose of designing and constructing public improvements, and otherwise require them to use union employees to perform the services.

Presently before the California Supreme Court is the case of Professional Engineers in California Government, et al. v. Jeff Morales, et al. in which Professional Engineers in California Government, or PECG, a union representing state civil service employees, is challenging whether Proposition 35, which allows state agencies to use private contractors to perform architectural and engineering services on public works, effected an implied repeal or amendment of existing statutes to the extent that they limit the ability of the State of California Department of Transportation, or Caltrans, to hire private contractors to perform such services on public works. PECG has been challenging Caltrans’ hiring of private firms since 1986, and in 2002 began this judicial challenge of Caltrans’ hiring practices based on Caltrans’ interpretation of the affect of Proposition 35. In the event that PECG is successful in its challenge and as a result the ability of state agencies to hire private firms is severely limited, such a decision would likely lead to additional litigation challenging the ability of the state, counties, municipalities and other public agencies to hire private engineering, architectural and other firms, the outcomes of which could affect our ability to compete for contracts and may have an adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

Changes in elected or appointed officials could have a material adverse effect on our ability to retain an existing contract with or obtain additional contracts from a public agency.

Since the decision to retain our services is made by individuals, such as city managers, city councils and other elected or appointed officials, our business and financial results or condition could be adversely affected by the results of local and regional elections. A change in the individuals responsible for selecting consultants for and awarding contracts on behalf of a public agency due to an election could adversely affect our ability to retain an existing contract with or obtain additional contracts from such public agency.

Fixed price contracts under which we perform some of our services impose risks to our ability to maintain or grow our profitability.

In fiscal year 2006, approximately 14% of our contract revenue was derived from fixed-price contracts.  Under fixed price contracts, we perform services under a contract at a stipulated price which protects clients but exposes us to a greater number of risks than time-and-materials and unit-based contracts. These risks include:

·       underestimation of costs;

·       ambiguities in specifications;

·       problems with new technologies;

·       unforeseen costs or difficulties;

·       failures of subcontractors;

·       delays beyond our control; and

20




·       economic and other changes that may occur during the contract period.

The occurrence of any such risk could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Because we primarily provide services to municipalities and other public agencies, we are more susceptible to the unique risks associated with government contracts.

We primarily work for municipalities and other public agencies. Consequently, we are exposed to certain risks associated with government contracting, any one of which can have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. These risks include:

·       the ability of the public agency to terminate the contract with 30 days’ prior notice or less;

·       changes in government spending and fiscal policies which can have an adverse effect on demand for our services;

·       contracts that are subject to government budget cycles, and often are subject to renewal on an annual basis;

·       the type and pricing terms of contracts can vary widely from agency to agency;

·       change orders and additions to contracts can be difficult to obtain; and

·       periodic audits can be a condition of certain contract arrangements.

Changes in the perceived risk of acts of terrorism or natural disasters could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow our American Homeland Solutions business.

If there is a significant decrease in the perceived risk of the likelihood that one or more acts of terrorism will be conducted in the United States, or a significant decrease in the perceived risk of the occurrence of natural disasters, our ability to grow and generate revenue through American Homeland Solutions, or AHS, could be negatively affected. AHS provides training and consulting services to local and regional agencies related to preparing for and responding to incidents of terrorism and natural disaster. Should the perceived risk of such incidence decline, federal and state funding for homeland security and emergency preparedness could be reduced which might decrease demand for our services and have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to grow and compete in our industry will be hampered if we are unable to retain the continued service of our key professionals or to identify, hire and retain additional qualified professionals.

A critical factor to our business is our ability to attract and retain qualified professionals. We are continually at risk of losing current professionals or being unable to hire additional professionals as needed. If we are unable to attract new qualified employees, our ability to grow will be adversely affected. If we are unable to retain current employees, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. We would also be increasing our competition, as former employees pose the greatest threat of significant competition to our business.

We operate in a highly fragmented industry, and we may not be able to compete effectively with our larger competitors.

The market for services in the engineering, municipal consulting, public finance consulting, geotechnical, homeland security and other technical services industries is competitive and highly fragmented. Contract awards are based primarily on quality of service, relevant experience, staffing capabilities, reputation, geographic presence, stability and price. Some of our competitors in certain service

21




areas have more personnel and greater financial, technical and marketing resources than us. With regard to engineering related services, which represented approximately 85% and 84% of our contract revenue for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively, our competitors include many larger consulting firms such as TetraTech, Inc., Stantec, Inc., and Jacobs Engineering Group, Inc. In certain public finance consulting services, we may compete with large accounting firms, such as Ernst & Young LLP. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully in the future with these or other competitors.

Our services may expose us to liability in excess of our current insurance coverage, which may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.

Our services involve significant risks of professional and other liabilities, which may substantially exceed the fees we derive from our services. In addition, from time to time, we assume liabilities as a result of indemnification provisions contained in our service contracts. We cannot predict the magnitude of these potential liabilities.

We currently maintain general liability insurance, with coverage in the amount of $1.0 million per occurrence, subject to a $2.0 million general aggregate limit; and professional liability insurance, with $5.0 million in coverage per claim, and a $10.0 million annual aggregate limit. We also carry excess coverage of an additional $9.0 million for general liability claims. Claims may be made against us that exceed these limits. We are liable to pay claims from our assets if and when the aggregate settlement or judgment amount exceeds our policy limits. In 2002, we experienced two claims against our professional liability insurance that exceeded by $3.1 million the aggregate annual limit of our coverage, which at that time was $5.0 million. Since then, we were awarded approximately $1.0 million in the third quarter of fiscal year 2006 on a claim for indemnity, recovering the settlement amount and interest thereon and attorney fees and costs related to one of the 2002 claims. This award replenished the 2002 aggregate limits of our professional liability policy. The other 2002 claim and the corresponding judgment was settled in March 2007. As a result of these two events, we expect to be liable for $2.1 million, which is the amount by which these 2002 claims exceeded our policy limits in 2002.

Our professional liability policy is a “claims made” policy. Thus, only claims made during the term of the policy are covered. If we terminate our professional liability policy and do not obtain retroactive coverage, we would be uninsured for claims made after termination even if these claims are based on events or acts that occurred during the term of the policy. Further, our insurance may not protect us against liability because our policies typically have various exceptions to the claims covered and also require us to assume some costs of the claim even though a portion of the claim may be covered. In addition, if we expand into new markets, we may not be able to obtain insurance coverage for these new activities or, if insurance is obtained, the dollar amount of any liabilities incurred could exceed our insurance coverage. A partially or completely uninsured claim, if successful and of significant magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.

The quality of our service and our ability to perform under some of our contracts would be adversely affected if qualified subconsultants are unavailable for us to engage.

Under some of our contracts, we rely on the efforts and skills of subconsultants for the performance of some of the tasks. In fiscal years 2005 and 2006, subconsultant costs comprised 7.1% and 5.3%, respectively, of our contract revenue. The absence of qualified subconsultants with whom we have a satisfactory relationship could adversely affect the quality of our service offerings and therefore our financial results.

22




We may not be able to maintain or accelerate our current growth rate, effectively manage our expanding operations or achieve planned growth on a timely or profitable basis.

Our employee headcount and volume of operations have grown rapidly over the past five years. This rapid growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a significant strain on our management and on our administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. The number of our employees has increased from 508 at the end of fiscal year 2004 to 599 at the end of fiscal year 2005 to 670 at the end of fiscal year 2006. We anticipate further growth as we seek to increase the geographic scope of our client base. Our success will depend in part upon the ability of our senior management to manage an expanding array of engineering, public finance consulting, homeland security consulting and technical services. We must continue to hire, train, manage and integrate a significant number of qualified engineers and other technical and professional personnel to continue to grow. If our new employees perform poorly or if we are unsuccessful in hiring, training, managing and integrating new employees, or retaining these or our existing employees, our business may suffer.

Additionally, to manage our expected continued growth of our employee headcount and volume of operations, we will need to continue to improve our information technology infrastructure and our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures, and manage expanded operations in geographically distributed locations. Our expected additional headcount and capital investment will increase our costs, which will make it more difficult for us to offset any future revenue shortfalls by reducing expenses in the short term. If we fail to successfully manage our growth we will be unable to successfully execute our business plan.

Potential future acquisitions could be difficult to integrate, divert the attention of key personnel, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and impair our financial results.

As part of our business strategy, we intend to consider acquisitions of companies that are complementary to our business. Appropriate acquisitions could allow us to expand into new geographical locations, offer new services, or acquire additional talent. Accordingly, our future performance will be impacted by our ability to identify appropriate businesses to acquire, negotiate favorable terms for such acquisitions and then effectively and efficiently integrate such acquisitions into our existing businesses. There is no certainty that we will succeed in such endeavors.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

·       difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products, existing contracts, accounting and personnel of the target company and realizing the anticipated synergies of the combined businesses;

·       difficulties in supporting and transitioning customers, if any, of the target company;

·       diversion of our financial and management resources from existing operations;

·       the price we pay or other resources that we devote may exceed the value we realize, or the value we could have realized if we had allocated the purchase price or other resources to another opportunity;

·       risks of entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

·       potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic alliances from either our current business or the target company’s business;

·       assumption of unanticipated problems or latent liabilities, such as problems with the quality of the target company’s services; and

·       inability to generate sufficient net income to justify the acquisition costs.

23




Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets which are subject to potential impairment in the future that could harm our financial results. In addition, if we finance acquisitions by issuing convertible debt or equity securities, our existing stockholders may be diluted, which could lower the market price of our common stock. As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, and we may incur costs in excess of amounts that we anticipate.

If we fail to comply with the requirements imposed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the trading price of our stock could drop significantly.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley, beginning with the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2007, we will be required to provide a management certification on our internal control over financial reporting and we may be required to provide an attestation report for fiscal year 2007 as well. If we do not become an accelerated filer in fiscal year 2007, we will not be required to provide an attestation report from our independent registered public accounting firm until fiscal year 2008. In order to achieve compliance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley within the prescribed period, we will need to engage in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which will be both costly and challenging. We can provide no assurance as to our conclusions or those of our independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. There is a risk that neither we nor our independent auditors will be able to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. Moreover, the costs to comply with the provisions of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, as presently in effect, could be significant.

In addition, during the course of testing the design and effectiveness of our internal controls, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to allow for unqualified reports from our management and our independent registered public accounting firm. Furthermore, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. Effective internal controls, particularly those related to revenue recognition, are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to helping prevent financial fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business and operating results could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our stock could drop significantly.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a new public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

Prior to November 2006, we had never operated as a public company. As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, Sarbanes-Oxley as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the Nasdaq Global Market, have imposed various new requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to continue to devote a substantial amount of time to these new compliance initiatives. Moreover, rules and regulations for public companies will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage.

24




We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders.

We anticipate that our current cash, cash equivalents, cash provided by operating activities and funds available through our revolving line of credit will be sufficient to meet our current and anticipated needs for general corporate purposes during the next 12 months. It is possible, however, that we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. If this occurs, we may need additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies, which include the following:

·       hire additional engineers and other personnel;

·       develop new or enhance existing service lines;

·       expand our business geographically;

·       enhance our operating infrastructure;

·       acquire complementary businesses; or

·       otherwise respond to competitive pressures.

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of convertible debt or equity securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our products, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited.

The concentration of ownership of our stock may delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management, and as a result may hinder the ability of our stockholders to take advantage of a premium offer.

The concentration of ownership of our stock may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the company or a change in our management and may adversely affect the voting or other rights of other holders of our common stock. As of March 26, 2007, our directors and executive officers beneficially own 1,131,120 shares of common stock, or approximately 15.8% of our outstanding common stock. Of these shares, 920,120 shares, or approximately 12.9% of our outstanding common stock, are owned by Linda L. Heil, a member of our board of directors.

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

In addition to current and historical information, this report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements relate to our future operations, prospects, potential products, services, developments and business strategies. These statements can, in some cases, be identified by the use of words like “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “intend,” “expect,”  “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. This report includes, among others, forward-looking statements regarding our:

·       expectations about future customers;

·       expectations about expanded service offerings;

·       expectations about our ability to cross-sell additional services to existing clients;

25




·       expectations about our intended geographical expansion;

·       expectations about our ability to attract executive officers and key employees;

·       evaluation of the materiality of our current legal proceedings; and

·       expectations about positive cash flow generation and existing cash and investments being sufficient to meet normal operating requirements.

These statements involve certain known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include, among others, those listed in this section. We do not intend, and undertake no obligation, to update any of our forward-looking statements after the date of this report to reflect actual results or future events or circumstances.

ITEM 1B.       UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.                PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters are located in approximately 21,000 square feet of office space that we lease at 2401 East Katella Avenue, Anaheim, California. In addition, we lease office space in over 20 other locations principally in California, Nevada, Arizona and Washington. In total, our facilities contain approximately 150,000 square feet of office space and are subject to leases that expire through fiscal year 2013. We also rent additional office space on a month-to-month basis. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet current requirements and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any expansion of operations and for additional offices.

ITEM 3.             LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are subject from time to time to claims and lawsuits, including those alleging professional errors or omissions, that arise in the ordinary course of business against firms, like ours, that operate in the engineering and consulting professions. We carry professional liability insurance, subject to certain deductibles and policy limits, for such claims as they arise and may from time to time establish reserves for litigation that is considered probable of a loss.

We were involved in a dispute with the City of West Hollywood, California. This matter concerned a construction project in the City of West Hollywood for the improvement of Santa Monica Boulevard. The project required the reconstruction of approximately three miles of roadway. The city and the general contractor claimed that the design we prepared was inadequate for the volume and type of traffic on Santa Monica Boulevard. The city also claimed that we failed to control the costs of the project due to contractor claims for extra costs.

In the fourth quarter of 2005, following a trial in the Los Angeles County Superior Court, the jury rendered a verdict against us and awarded damages to the city in the amount of $6.3 million, including attorney’s fees, interest and costs. Our insurance company posted bonds and filed an appeal with respect to this matter. During the appeal process, interest accrued on the outstanding judgment at the rate of 10% per annum.

As of December 30, 2005, we believed that approximately $3.2 million of the damages was covered by our professional liability insurance policy. Therefore, in fiscal year 2005, we expensed $2.7 million of this judgment and recorded related interest expense of $0.4 million related to the West Hollywood case. In the third quarter of 2006, we obtained a court ruling awarding us approximately $1.0 million on a claim for indemnity, recovering the settlement amount and interest thereon and attorney fees and costs in

26




connection with an unrelated claim that arose in fiscal year 2002. This ruling has been appealed by the cross-defendant and that appeal is ongoing. Because the claim arose in 2002 and our insurance carrier previously paid the settlement amount, we were able to replenish our insurance coverage by approximately $1.0 million for that policy year. Therefore, we reflected an additional receivable of approximately $1.0 million from our insurance company in the third quarter of 2006, which will remain outstanding while the appeal is ongoing, and a corresponding reduction in litigation accrual expense.

In our consolidated balance sheet as of December 30, 2005, we reflected a total liability of $6.3 million and the related receivable of $3.2 million from the insurance company. In our consolidated balance sheet as of December 29, 2006, we reflected a total liability of $6.9 million and related receivables of $4.2 from the insurance company.

Effective March 6, 2007, we entered into a settlement agreement with the City of West Hollywood relating to the Santa Monica Boulevard matter. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, both parties have agreed to a full mutual release of all claims related to the lawsuit and appeal, subject to dismissal of the appeal. Neither party admits any fault or liability related to the claims in the lawsuit.

Under the terms of the settlement agreement, we agreed to pay $6.2 million in cash to the city. Our insurance company has already paid $3.2 million of the settlement amount and we expect to receive an additional $1.0 million from our insurance company upon the resolution of the appeal in the unrelated matter discussed above.  We also agreed to provide an $85,000 credit for future services to the city. The future services are to be provided at our then prevailing rates and can be chosen in the city’s sole discretion from services provided by us to our municipal clients. The city must use the credit before December 31, 2012.

We will file a stipulation and request for dismissal of appeal in the action against the city. In the event that the California Court of Appeal declines to accept the stipulation and dismissal of appeal, the settlement agreement will be invalid and any payment made under the agreement will be returned to us.

We do not believe, based on current knowledge, that the foregoing legal proceedings are likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, we may incur substantial expenses in defending against third party claims. In the event of a determination adverse to us, we may incur substantial monetary liability, and be required to change our business practices. Either of these could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

ITEM 4.                SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of our stockholders during the last quarter of our fiscal year ended December 29, 2006.

27




PART II

ITEM 5.                MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information for Common Stock

Since November 21, 2006, the common stock of Willdan Group, Inc. has been listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “WLDN”. For the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006, the high and low per share sales prices of our common stock, as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market (beginning November 21, 2006) were $11.99 and $9.25, respectively.

On March 26, 2007, the closing sales price per share of our common stock, as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market, was $9.60.

Stockholders

As of March 26, 2007, there were 77 stockholders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. Our revolving loan agreement prohibits the payment of dividends on our common stock, other than dividends payable in our common stock, without the consent of the lender. The final S Corporation distribution of $6.3 million was paid to the holders of our redeemable common stock in two equal portions. The first portion was paid in December 2006. The second portion was accrued as a current liability and is reflected in our consolidated balance sheet at December 29, 2006. The second portion was paid in January 2007.

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return

The following graph compares the cumulative annual stockholders return on our common stock from the date trading began on The Nasdaq Global Market (November 21, 2006) through December 29, 2006 to that of the total return index for the Russell 2000 and a peer group of companies assuming an investment of $100 on the date our stock began trading publicly. The companies in our peer group include publicly traded companies that have operating characteristics most comparable to ours and that provide engineering services. The peer group includes the following companies: TetraTech, Inc., Michael Baker Corporation and TRC Companies, Inc. In calculating total annual stockholder return, reinvestment of dividends, if any, is assumed. The indices are included for comparative purposes only. They do not necessarily reflect management’s opinion that such indices are an appropriate measure of the relative performance of our common stock. This graph is not “soliciting material,” is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

28




Comparison of 2 Month Cumulative Total Return
Among Willdan Group, Inc., The Russell 2000 Index And A Peer Group

GRAPHIC

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In the three years preceding the filing of this report, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

On November 27, 2006, we issued stock warrants in connection with our IPO to the underwriter for the right to purchase 290,000 common shares at 120% of the IPO share price (or $12.00 per share). The warrants become exercisable on November 20, 2007 and expire on November 20, 2011. The stock warrants were issued in reliance on Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

On June 30, 2006, we issued an aggregate of 4,712,640 shares of our common stock to the 75 shareholders of The Willdan Group of Companies, Inc., a California corporation (“Willdan California”). The shares were issued in connection with the merger of Willdan California into Willdan Group in order to effect its reincorporation in the state of Delaware. The shares were issued in reliance on Rule 145(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

In January 2006, we issued an aggregate of 4,900 shares of our common stock to four purchasers, described below, for an aggregate purchase price of $17,798 (or $3.62 per share).

From August 2005 through October 2005, we issued an aggregate of 953,500 shares of our common stock to 59 purchasers, described below, for an aggregate purchase price of $3,594,695 (or $3.77 per share). These issuances were all part of the same stock offering.

With respect to the transactions in January 2006 and from August 2005 through October 2005, the purchasers were a select group of our officers, directors, key managers or consultants of the Company and/or its subsidiaries. The offer and sale of shares during these periods were not registered or qualified under federal or state securities laws, and exemptions from registration and qualification provided by these securities laws may not have been available or may not have been perfected. Consequently, we may be deemed to have violated the registration and qualification requirements of these securities laws with respect to the offer and sale of the common stock. To address this matter, in July 2006 we made a repurchase offer to the holders of the shares of common stock in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the commissioner of the California Department of Corporations. Under the repurchase offer, we offered to repurchase from each stockholder all of his or her shares purchased during the period in question at a price equal to the original purchase price paid by such stockholder plus interest at an annual rate of 7% from the date of purchase. All of the stockholders elected to decline the repurchase offer.

29




Effective January 1, 2005, we issued an aggregate of 2,820,000 additional shares of common stock to stockholders of record as of January 1, 2005 in connection with a stock dividend approved by our board of directors on August 4, 2004. In connection with the stock dividend, each stockholder received an additional three shares of common stock for each one share of common stock owned by such stockholders as of the record date. The issuance of common stock was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 3(a)(9).

From June 2004 through August 2004, we issued an aggregate of 208,400 shares of our common stock to 33 purchasers for an aggregate purchase price of $628,326 (or $3.02 per share). These issuances were all part of the same stock offering. The number of shares and per share price have been adjusted to give effect to the stock dividend on January 1, 2005. The purchasers were a select group of our officers, directors, key managers and consultants.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed by the Registrant to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The purchasers comprised a select group of our officers, directors, managers and service providers who, as a group, have had longstanding relationships with and knowledge of our Company, our senior management and our board of directors. The purchasers were provided financial and other information concerning us and were allowed the opportunity to ask questions and receive information from us prior to making their investment decisions. The purchasers represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment purposes and not with a view to sell or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. Based on the limited nature of the offering, the level of knowledge and relationships of the purchasers with us, the provision and access to information and the restrictions on transfer, we believe our offerings satisfied the Section 4(2) exemption of the Act.

Use of Proceeds

On November 20, 2006, a registration statement (Registration No. 333-136444) relating to our initial public offering of our common stock was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Under this registration statement, we registered 2,900,000 shares of our common stock, and another 435,000 shares subject to the underwriter’s over-allotment option. All 3,335,000 shares of common stock registered under the registration statement, including the 435,000 shares covered by the over-allotment option, were sold at a price to the public of $10.00 per share. Of these shares, 2,435,000 shares were sold by us, including the 435,000 shares covered by the over-allotment option, and 900,000 shares were sold by the selling stockholder identified in the registration statement. The offering closed on November 27, 2006. The managing underwriter was Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.

The offering terminated after the sale of all of the shares registered on the registration statement. The aggregate gross proceeds from the shares of common stock sold by us, including the exercise of the over-allotment option, were approximately $24.4 million. The aggregate net proceeds to us from the offering were approximately $20.4 million  after deducting an aggregate of $1.7 million in underwriting discounts and commissions paid to the underwriters and an estimated $2.3 million in other expenses incurred in connection with the offering. As of the date of this report, we have used the proceeds from the offering for working capital and general corporate purposes and to fund a payment of approximately $6.3 million as the final S Corporation distribution to stockholders who were stockholders immediately prior to the offering, including some of our officers, directors and significant employees.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

30




ITEM 6.                SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our corresponding consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(in thousands except per share amounts)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

48,778

 

$

54,485

 

$

58,263

 

$

67,263

 

$

78,339

 

Direct costs of contract revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages

 

13,211

 

14,522

 

15,623

 

20,918

 

24,602

 

Production expenses

 

1,318

 

1,327

 

1,497

 

1,529

 

1,496

 

Subconsultant services

 

5,781

 

7,360

 

6,089

 

4,745

 

4,168

 

Total direct costs of contract revenues

 

20,310

 

23,209

 

23,209

 

27,192

 

30,266

 

General and administrative expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages, payroll taxes, employee benefits

 

15,649

 

17,473

 

19,711

 

22,720

 

26,051

 

Facilities

 

3,096

 

3,466

 

3,267

 

3,481

 

4,046

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

2,737

 

38

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

844

 

865

 

1,056

 

1,257

 

1,584

 

Litigation accrual (reversal)

 

 

 

 

2,686

 

(1,049

)

Other

 

6,490

 

6,202

 

6,923

 

7,935

 

10,359

 

Total general and administrative expenses

 

26,079

 

28,006

 

30,957

 

40,816

 

41,029

 

Loss on impairment of goodwill

 

353

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

2,036

 

3,270

 

4,097

 

(745

)

7,044

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(496

)

(366

)

(272

)

(630

)

(773

)

Other, net

 

 

1

 

(6

)

11

 

2,470

 

Total other income (expense)

 

(496

)

(365

)

(278

)

(619

)

1,697

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

1,540

 

2,905

 

3,819

 

(1,364

)

8,741

 

Income tax provision

 

34

 

53

 

47

 

17

 

2,452

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

1,506

 

$

2,852

 

$

3,772

 

$

(1,381

)

$

6,289

 

Earnings per common share, basic and diluted(1)

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.79

 

$

1.03

 

$

(0.35

)

$

1.28

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)

 

3,566,000

 

3,633,000

 

3,653,000

 

3,994,000

 

4,900,000

 

S Corporation distributions paid per share(1)

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.46

 

$

1.16

 

Pro Forma Data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma provision for income taxes(2)

 

$

616

 

$

1,162

 

$

1,528

 

$

549

 

$

2,596

 

Pro forma net income (loss)(3)

 

$

924

 

$

1,743

 

$

2,291

 

$

(1,913

)

$

6,145

 

Pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted

 

$

0.26

 

$

0.48

 

$

0.63

 

$

(0.48

)

$

1.25

 

Other Operating Data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA(4)

 

$

2,893

 

$

4,154

 

$

5,163

 

$

5,951

 

$

7,651

 

Revenue per employee(5)

 

$

109

 

$

113

 

$

119

 

$

125

 

$

131

 

Employee headcount at period end(6)

 

427

 

451

 

508

 

599

 

670

 

 

31




 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

December 27,
2002

 

January 2,
2004

 

December 31,
2004

 

December 30,
2005

 

December 29,
2006

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

251

 

 

 

$

498

 

 

 

$

266

 

 

 

$

3,066

 

 

 

$

20,633

 

 

Working capital

 

 

2,712

 

 

 

5,199

 

 

 

7,195

 

 

 

9,429

 

 

 

26,290

 

 

Total assets

 

 

19,229

 

 

 

21,460

 

 

 

23,223

 

 

 

32,797

 

 

 

57,108

 

 

Total indebtedness

 

 

6,866

 

 

 

5,033

 

 

 

3,543

 

 

 

1,858

 

 

 

1,632

 

 

Total redeemable common stock

 

 

5,900

 

 

 

8,661

 

 

 

11,477

 

 

 

14,660

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,833

 

 


(1)          Per share amounts have been adjusted for a stock dividend paid on January 1, 2005 of three shares per each outstanding share.

(2)          Reflects combined federal and state income taxes on a pro forma basis, as if we had been taxed as a C corporation, using an effective tax rate of 40%.

(3)          Reflects historical income (loss) before income taxes less the pro forma provision for income taxes.

(4)          Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure used by our management to measure our operating performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income plus net interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, loss (gains) on sales of assets, accrued expenses related to a litigation matter and a one-time stock-based compensation expense recorded in anticipation of our IPO, less proceeds from life insurance policies carried on our former chief executive officer. Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may differ from those of many companies reporting similarly named measures. This measure should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, other measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, such as operating income and net income. We believe Adjusted EBITDA enables management to separate non-recurring income and expense items from our results of operations to provide a more normalized and consistent view of operating performance on a period-to-period basis. We use Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our performance for, among other things, budgeting, forecasting and incentive compensation purposes. We also believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors, research analysts, investment bankers and lenders because it removes from our operational results the impact of certain non-recurring income and expense items, which may facilitate comparison of our results from period to period.

Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized term under GAAP and does not purport to be an alternative to operating income or net income as an indicator of operating performance or any other GAAP measure.

32




The following is a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

1,506

 

$

2,852

 

$

3,772

 

$

(1,381

)

$

6,289

 

Interest income

 

(5

)

(1

)

(2

)

(19

)

(135

)

Interest expense

 

496

 

366

 

272

 

630

 

773

 

Income tax provision

 

34

 

53

 

47

 

17

 

2,452

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

844

 

865

 

1,056

 

1,257

 

1,584

 

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

 

18

 

19

 

18

 

24

 

(13

)

Life insurance proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

(2,250

)

Litigation accrual

 

 

 

 

2,686

 

(1,049

)

Stock-based compensation expense recorded in anticipation of our IPO

 

 

 

 

2,737

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

2,893

 

$

4,154

 

$

5,163

 

$

5,951

 

$

7,651

 

 

(5)          Reflects contract revenues, excluding revenue related to reimbursement of subconsultants and other costs, divided by the average number of full-time equivalent employees during the period.

(6)          Includes full-time and part-time employees.

ITEM 7.                MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a leading provider of outsourced services to small and mid-sized public agencies in California and other western states. Outsourcing enables these agencies to provide a wide range of specialized services, without having to incur and maintain the overhead necessary to develop staffing in-house. We provide a broad range of services to public agencies, including:

·       civil engineering;

·       building and safety services;

·       geotechnical engineering;

·       financial and economic consulting; and

·       disaster preparedness and homeland security.

We operate our business through a network of over 20 offices located throughout California and other western states and have a staff of 670 as of December 29, 2006 that includes licensed engineers and other professionals. Our core clients are public agencies in communities with populations ranging from 10,000 to 300,000 people. We believe communities of this size are underserved by large outsourcing companies that tend to focus on securing large federal and state projects, as well as projects for the private sector. We seek to establish close working relationships with our public agency clients and, over time, to expand the breadth and depth of the services we provide to them.

While we currently serve communities throughout the country, our business is concentrated in California and neighboring states. We provide services to approximately 60% of the 478 cities and over 60% of the 58 counties in California. We also serve special districts, school districts and other public agencies.

Prior to our initial public offering in November 2006, we were taxed as an S Corporation for purposes of federal and state income taxes. As a result of the offering, our S Corporation status terminated and we

33




are now taxed as a C Corporation under federal and state tax laws. We recognized a net deferred income tax liability of $2.0 million resulting from the termination of our S Corporation status.

Willdan Group, Inc. is a Delaware corporation formed in 2006 for the purposes of effecting the reincorporation of The Willdan Group of Companies, a California corporation, formed in 2001 to serve as our holding company. The reincorporation was completed effective June 30, 2006.

We were founded over 40 years ago, and today consist of a family of wholly owned companies that operate within the following segments for financial reporting purposes:

Engineering Services.   Our Engineering Services segment includes the businesses of our subsidiary, Willdan, which provides engineering-related services, and our subsidiary, Arroyo Geotechnical, which provides geotechnical engineering services. The segment also includes our subsidiary, Public Agency Resources (PARs), which provides staffing to Willdan. Willdan is our largest subsidiary and represents the core business of our company that was founded more than 40 years ago. Contract revenue for the Engineering Services segment represented 84.6% and 84.1% of our consolidated contract revenue for fiscal year 2005 and fiscal year 2006, respectively.

Public Finance Services.   Our Public Finance Services segment consists of the business of our subsidiary, MuniFinancial, which offers financial and economic services to public agencies. Contract revenue for the Public Finance Services segment represented 15.3% and 14.7% of our consolidated contract revenue for fiscal year 2005 and fiscal year 2006, respectively.

Homeland Security Services.   Our Homeland Security Services segment consists of the business of our subsidiary, American Homeland Solutions, which offers homeland security and public safety consulting services. We formed this subsidiary in fiscal year 2004 and began operations in the second half of fiscal year 2005. Contract revenue for our Homeland Security Services segment represented 0.1% and 1.2% of our consolidated contract revenues for fiscal year 2005 and fiscal year 2006, respectively.

Recent Developments

Litigation Accrual

We were involved in a dispute with the City of West Hollywood, California that arose in fiscal year 2002. This matter concerned a construction project in the City of West Hollywood for the improvement of Santa Monica Boulevard.

In the fourth quarter of 2005, following a trial in the Los Angeles County Superior Court, the jury rendered a verdict against us and awarded damages in the amount of $6.3 million, including attorney’s fees, interest and costs. Our insurance company posted bonds and filed an appeal with respect to this matter. During the appeal process, interest accrued on the outstanding judgment at the rate of 10% per annum.

As of December 30, 2005, we believed that approximately $3.2 million of the damages was covered by our professional liability insurance policy. Therefore, in fiscal year 2005, we expensed $2.7 million of this judgment and recorded related interest expense of $0.4 million related to the West Hollywood case. In the third quarter of 2006, we obtained a court ruling awarding us approximately $1.0 million on a claim for indemnity, recovering the settlement amount and interest thereon and attorney fees and costs in connection with an unrelated claim that arose in fiscal year 2002. This ruling has been appealed by the cross-defendant and that appeal is ongoing. Because the claim arose in 2002 and our insurance carrier previously paid the settlement amount, we were able to replenish our insurance coverage by approximately $1.0 million for that policy year. Therefore, we reflected an additional receivable of approximately $1.0 million from our insurance company in the third quarter of 2006, which will remain outstanding while the appeal is ongoing, and a corresponding reduction in litigation accrual expense.

34




In our consolidated balance sheet as of December 30, 2005, we reflected a total liability of $6.3 million and the related receivable of $3.2 million from the insurance company. In our consolidated balance sheet as of December 29, 2006, we reflected a total liability of $6.9 million and related receivables of $4.2 from the insurance company.

Effective March 6, 2007, we entered into a settlement agreement with the City of West Hollywood relating to the Santa Monica Boulevard matter. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, both parties have agreed to a full mutual release of all claims related to the lawsuit and appeal, subject to dismissal of the appeal. Neither party admits any fault or liability related to the claims in the lawsuit.

Under the terms of the settlement agreement, we agreed to pay $6.2 million in cash to the city. Our insurance company has already paid $3.2 million of the settlement amount and we expect to receive an additional $1.0 million from our insurance company upon the resolution of the appeal in an unrelated matter discussed above. We also agreed to provide an $85,000 credit for future services to the city. The future services are to be provided at our then prevailing rates and can be chosen in the city’s sole discretion from services provided by us to our municipal clients. The city must use the credit before December 31, 2012.

We will file a stipulation and request for dismissal of appeal in the action against the city. In the event that the California Court of Appeal declines to accept the stipulation and dismissal of appeal, the settlement agreement will be invalid and any payment made under the agreement will be returned to us.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense Recorded in Anticipation of the Initial Public Offering

We had an established plan whereby selected employees, consultants, officers and directors of Willdan Group, Inc. and subsidiaries were permitted to, at the invitation of the board of directors, purchase redeemable shares of Willdan Group, Inc.’s common stock. This plan was established to provide for continuity of management by providing ownership opportunities to those individuals who are or will be actively responsible for the continued success of the company. Our board of directors determined which individuals were permitted to purchase stock and how many shares each of these individuals were permitted to purchase. There was no vesting period. Our employees and directors owned most of the shares prior to our initial public offering. The plan and all transactions involving our common stock were governed by our stock buy/sell agreement, including the pricing of shares. Under the buy/sell agreement, the stock price was calculated using a formula that was used consistently since our inception for all purchases and re-purchases of stock. This plan and the buy/sell agreement terminated upon completion of the initial public offering, or IPO, of our common stock in November 2006.

From August 2005 to October 2005, individuals purchased 953,500 shares of our redeemable common stock at a price of $3.77 per share, pursuant to awards of stock purchase rights made by our board of directors on February 9, 2005. At the time the shares were purchased, we had commenced a preliminary consideration of becoming a public company in addition to considering other forms of financing that would not have resulted in our common stock becoming publicly traded. Before issuing our financial statements for fiscal year 2005, we determined that it was possible we could be within one year of an IPO. Accordingly, the fiscal year 2005 sales of common stock were considered to be in contemplation of an IPO and the difference between the aggregate formula-based price that was paid for the stock and the aggregate fair value of the purchased shares was recorded as an expense for fiscal year 2005. The expense totaled $2.7 million and is included as stock-based compensation within general and administrative expenses. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

35




Life Insurance Proceeds

On May 15, 2006, our co-founder and chief executive officer, Dan W. Heil, passed away. We carried two life insurance policies on Mr. Heil. In June and July 2006, we received the cash proceeds from these two policies of approximately $2.3 million.

Acquisition of Assets

In June 2006, our subsidiary American Homeland Solutions, or AHS, acquired substantially all of the assets of VT & Associates, Inc., or VTA, for $250,000. VTA developed and provided training courses to public agencies.

Components of Income and Expense

Contract Revenues

We enter into contracts with our clients that contain three principal types of pricing provisions: fixed fee, time-and-materials and unit-based. Contract revenues on our fixed fee contracts are determined on the percentage-of-completion method based generally on the ratio of direct costs incurred to date to estimated total direct costs at completion. Many of our fixed fee contracts are relatively short in duration, thereby lowering the risks of not properly estimating the percent complete. Revenues on our time-and-materials and unit-based contracts are recognized as the work is performed in accordance with specific terms of the contract. A large percentage of our contracts are based on contractual rates per hour plus costs incurred. Some of these contracts include maximum contract prices, but the majority of these contracts are not expected to exceed the maximum.

Adjustments to contract cost estimates are made in the periods in which the facts requiring such revisions become known. When the revised estimate indicates a loss, such loss is provided for currently in its entirety. Claims revenue is recognized only upon resolution of the claim. Change orders in dispute are evaluated as claims. Costs related to unpriced change orders are expensed when incurred and recognition of the related contract revenue is based on an evaluation of the probability of recovery of the costs. Estimated profit is recognized for unpriced change orders if realization of the expected price of the change order is assured beyond a reasonable doubt.

Direct Costs of Contract Revenues

Direct costs of contract revenues consist primarily of that portion of technical and nontechnical salaries and wages that has been incurred in connection with revenue producing projects. Direct costs of contract revenues also include production expenses, subconsultant services and other expenses that are incurred in connection with revenue producing projects. Direct costs of contract revenues exclude that portion of technical and nontechnical salaries and wages related to marketing efforts, vacations, holidays and other time not spent directly generating revenues under existing contracts. Such costs are included in general and administrative expenses. Additionally, payroll taxes, bonuses and employee benefit costs for all of our personnel are included in general and administrative expenses since no allocation of these costs is made to direct costs of contract revenues. No allocation of facilities costs is made to direct costs of contract revenues nor is depreciation and amortization allocated to direct costs. We expense direct costs of contract revenues when incurred.

As a firm that provides multiple and diverse outsource services, we do not believe gross margin is a consistent or appropriate indicator of our performance and therefore we do not use this measure as construction contractors and other types of consulting firms may. Other companies may classify as direct costs of contract revenues some of the costs that we classify as general and administrative expenses. As a

36




result, our direct costs of contract revenues may not be comparable to direct costs for other companies, either as a line item expense or as a percentage of contract revenues.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include the costs of the marketing and support staffs, other marketing expenses, management and administrative personnel costs, payroll taxes, bonuses and employee benefits for all of our employees and the portion of salaries and wages not allocated to direct costs of contract revenues for those employees who provide our services. General and administrative expenses also include facility costs, depreciation and amortization, professional services, legal and accounting fees and administrative operating costs. Within general and administrative expenses, “Other” includes expenses such as professional services, legal and accounting, computer costs, travel and entertainment and marketing costs. We expense general and administrative costs when incurred.

Until November 2006, we had not operated as a public company. As a public company, we have and will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase as a result. We expect that our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with the requirements of being a public company. Moreover, rules and regulations for public companies will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

Critical Accounting Policies

This discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. To prepare these financial statements in conformity with GAAP, we must make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses in the reporting period. Our actual results may differ from these estimates. We have provided a summary of our significant accounting policies in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. We describe below those accounting policies that require material subjective or complex judgments and that have the most significant impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Our management evaluates these estimates on an ongoing basis, based upon information currently available and on various assumptions management believes are reasonable as of the date of this report.

Contract Accounting

Applying the percentage-of-completion method of recognizing revenues for our fixed price contracts requires us to estimate the outcome of our long-term contracts. We forecast such outcomes to the best of our knowledge and belief of current and expected conditions and our expected course of action. Differences between our estimates and actual results can occur, resulting in changes to reported revenues and earnings. Such changes could have a material effect on our future consolidated financial statements.

Contract receivables are carried at original invoice amount less an estimate made for doubtful receivables based upon our review of all outstanding amounts on a monthly basis. We determine the allowance for doubtful accounts by identifying troubled accounts and by using historical experience applied to an aging of accounts. Our credit risk is minimal with governmental entities. Contract receivables are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of contract receivables previously written off are recorded when received.

For further information on the types of contracts under which we perform our services, see “Business—Contract Structure” elsewhere in this Report.

37




Goodwill Impairment Valuation

Goodwill primarily represents the excess of the purchase price paid for MuniFinancial in 1999 over the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. We perform an annual review in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist, to determine if the recorded goodwill is impaired. We compare the fair value of MuniFinancial to its carrying value, including goodwill. To estimate the fair value of MuniFinancial, we use a valuation approach based on a multiple of historical cash flows, management’s estimates of future cash flows, and other market data. This estimate of fair value of MuniFinancial is highly subjective and is based in part on assumptions that could differ materially from actual results. If our evaluation indicates that goodwill is impaired, we perform an additional assessment to determine the extent of the impairment loss based on the implied fair value of goodwill compared with the carrying amount of the goodwill. Such an impairment loss has a direct impact on our net income because recording an impairment loss results in an immediate negative adjustment to net income. No such impairment loss has been recognized to date related to MuniFinancial. In fiscal year 2002, we recognized an impairment loss of $0.4 million relating to our acquisition of WPA Traffic Engineering, Inc. in 1999 and no goodwill remains related to this acquisition.

Accounting for Claims Against the Company

We record liabilities to claimants for probable and estimable claims on our consolidated balance sheet and record a corresponding receivable from our insurance carrier for the portion of the claim that is probable of being covered by insurance. The estimated claim amount net of the amount estimated to be covered by insurance is included in our general and administrative expenses. Determining probability and estimating claim amounts is highly judgmental. Initial accruals and any subsequent changes in our estimates could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Valuing Redeemable Common Stock

Prior to fiscal year 2005, we recognized no compensation expense related to our book value stock purchase plan due to changes in the formula price during the employment period since the employees made a substantive investment that would be at risk for a reasonable period of time.

Awards of book value share purchase rights granted under the purchase plan during fiscal year 2005 were considered to have been granted in contemplation of an initial public offering, and, accordingly, we recorded compensation expense for the difference between the formula value and the estimated fair value of the purchased shares.

In the evaluation of the fair value of the stock considered to be issued in contemplation of our initial public offering, we considered our profitability and financial condition, the proximity of the issuance to the offering, intervening events, market conditions, transfer restrictions and dates of purchase.

38




Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain information derived from our consolidated statements of operations expressed as a percentage of contract revenues. Amounts may not add to the totals due to rounding.

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenues

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

Direct costs of contract revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages

 

26.8

 

31.1

 

31.4

 

Production expenses

 

2.6

 

2.3

 

1.9

 

Subconsultant services

 

10.5

 

7.1

 

5.3

 

Total direct costs of contract revenues

 

39.8

 

40.4

 

38.6

 

General and administrative expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages, payroll taxes, employee benefits

 

33.8

 

33.8

 

33.3

 

Facilities

 

5.6

 

5.2

 

5.2

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

4.1

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

1.8

 

1.9

 

2.0

 

Litigation accrual

 

 

4.0

 

(1.3

)

Other

 

11.9

 

11.8

 

13.2

 

Total general and administrative expenses

 

53.1

 

60.7

 

52.4

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

7.0

 

(1.1

)

9.0

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

(0.5

)

(0.9

)

(1.0

)

Other, net

 

 

 

3.2

 

Total other income (expense)

 

(0.5

)

(0.9

)

2.2

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

6.6

 

(2.0

)

11.2

 

Income tax provision

 

0.1

 

 

3.1

 

Net income (loss)

 

6.5

%

(2.1

)%

8.0

%

 

Fiscal Year 2006 Compared to Fiscal Year 2005

Contract revenues.   Our contract revenues were $78.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006, with $65.9 million attributable to the Engineering Services segment and $11.5 million attributable to the Public Finance Services segment. Our Homeland Security Services segment generated $0.9 million during this period. Consolidated contract revenues increased $11.0 million, or 16.3%, from $67.3 million in the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005. This was due primarily to increases of $9.0 million, or 15.8%, and $1.2 million, or 12.0%, in contract revenues of the Engineering Services and Public Finance Services segments, respectively. In addition, this is the first fiscal year in which our Homeland Security Services segment, which began operations in the second half of fiscal year 2005, generated notable revenue. Contract revenues in the Homeland Security Services segment increased from $0.1 million in fiscal year 2005 to $1.0 million in fiscal year 2006. Overall headcount increased to 670 as of December 29, 2006 from 599 as of December 30, 2005, an increase of 11.9%.

The growth in contract revenues for the Engineering Services segment is due primarily to increased demand for our existing services. To respond to this demand, our Engineering Services segment increased its total headcount to 542 as of December 29, 2006 from 481 as of December 30, 2005, representing an increase of 12.7%. To respond to demand for our services in additional geographic areas of California, we opened a new satellite office in Santa Rosa, California in May 2006. To respond to demand for our services

39




in our existing geographic locations, in fiscal year 2006, we relocated and/or expanded our facilities in Bakersfield, Fresno, Redding, and Sacramento, California, as well as in Phoenix and Tucson, Arizona and Henderson, Nevada. In fiscal year 2005, we opened two new satellite office locations in Fresno and Marysville, California.

The growth in contract revenues for our Public Finance Services segment also is due primarily to increased demand for our existing services. To respond to this demand, we opened two new MuniFinancial locations in June 2006 and September 2006 in Bellevue, Washington and Orlando, Florida. Our Public Finance Services segment met this increased demand for services without increasing its total headcount. Total headcount was 78 as of December 29, 2006 which represents no change from the total headcount as of December 30, 2005.

To provide for demand for our Homeland Security services, we opened a separate location for these services in Anaheim, California in March 2006.

Direct costs of contract revenues.   Direct costs of contract revenues were $30.3 million in the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006, with $27.0 million attributable to the Engineering Services segment and $2.8 million attributable to the Public Finance Services segment. The additional $0.5 million is attributable to direct costs of contract revenues for our Homeland Security Services segment. This represented a total increase of $3.1 million, or 11.4%, from $27.2 million in the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005. Of this total increase, direct costs of contract revenues increased $2.7 million, or 11.0%, in the Engineering Services segment and there was no increase in the Public Finance Services segment. The remaining $0.4 million is attributable to the Homeland Security Services segment. These increases were primarily the result of the increased volume of activity that generated the increased contract revenue previously discussed for our three operating segments. Direct costs of contract revenues as a percentage of contract revenue for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 decreased to 38.6% from 40.4% for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005.

Within direct costs of contract revenues, salaries and wages increased from 31.1% of contract revenues in the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005 to 31.4% in the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006. Comparing those same periods, subconsultant services decreased from 7.1% of contract revenues to 5.3% of contract revenues. This shift within direct costs of contract revenues is primarily due to the establishment of our subsidiary, PARs, in fiscal year 2005. PARs provides in-house staffing services to Willdan by hiring professionals that would in the past have been engaged as subconsultants or independent contractors. Numerous subconsultants whom we previously engaged as independent contractors for projects within our Engineering Services segment became employees of PARs. All contract revenues and expenses associated with the operation of PARs are included in the Engineering Services segment.

General and administrative expenses.   General and administrative expenses increased by $0.2 million, or 0.5%, to $41.0 million in the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 from $40.8 million in the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005. This was due primarily to increases of $0.9 million and $0.9 million in general and administrative expenses of the Engineering Services and Public Finance Services segments, respectively. Of the remaining $1.6 million decrease, $0.4 million related to the establishment of our Homeland Security Services segment and a reduction of $2.0 million is attributed to unallocated corporate expenses. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of contract revenues decreased to 52.4% in the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 from 60.7% in the prior year period.

The increases in general and administrative expenses in the Engineering Services and Public Finance Services segments were due primarily to increased costs related to the growth in headcount of engineers and other professionals. Additionally, the $0.9 million increase in the Engineering Services segment is net of a $1.0 million reduction in our litigation accrual as a result of the recovery of a prior indemnity claim. The litigation accrual is discussed above in “—Recent Developments—Litigation Accrual.” Employee related costs included in general and administrative expenses such as payroll taxes, employee benefits,

40




bonuses and that portion of salaries and wages related to time not spent directly generating revenues increased by $3.3 million, or 14.7%. Facilities costs increased by $0.6 million, or 16.2%, as a result of additional needs created by the increased headcount. Depreciation and amortization increased by $0.3 million, or 26.0%, as a result of additional needs for leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment created by additional personnel. Other general and administrative expenses increased by approximately $2.4 million, or 30.5%. This includes an increase of $0.2 million for bad debt expense related to an Engineering Services segment project, an increase of $0.3 million in marketing expense primarily due to design and printing costs related to our name change in June 2006, an increase of $0.3 million in insurance premiums and an increase in $0.2 million in computer expense related to increases in employee headcount, and  expenses related to our initial public offering. As discussed above under “—Components of Income and Expense—Direct Costs of Contract Revenues,” we do not allocate the costs discussed above to direct costs of contract revenues.

The $2.0 million decrease in unallocated corporate expense is primarily the result of a decrease of $2.7 million in stock-based compensation expense in 2006 compared to 2005. Stock-based compensation expense in anticipation of the initial public offering of $2.7 million was recorded in the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005 in connection with stock issuances during that period. Stock-based compensation expense is discussed above in “—Recent Developments—Stock-Based Compensation Expense.”

Income (loss) from operations.   As a result of the above factors, operating income was $7.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 as compared to a $0.7 million loss from operations for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005. Operating income as a percentage of contract revenues increased to 9.0% in the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 from (1.1)% in the prior year period. As discussed above, operating income for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 includes a reduction in litigation accrual of $1.0 million as a result of recovery in 2006 on a prior 2002 claim and a decrease from fiscal year 2005 of $2.7 million in stock-based compensation expense.

Other income (expense).   Other income (expense), net increased by $2.3 million to $1.7 million of income in the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 from $0.6 million of expense in the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005. This was due primarily to the receipt of $2.3 million in life insurance proceeds as a result of the death of our former chief executive officer and the recovery of $53,000 on legal matters, partially offset by increased interest expense of $0.1 million. Interest expense increased due to $0.6 million accrued during fiscal year 2006 related to the West Hollywood litigation and this increase was partially offset by decreased interest as a result of lower outstanding principal balances on our debt.

Income tax provision.   In fiscal year 2006, the income tax provision increased by $2.4 million to $2.5 million from $17,000 in fiscal year 2005. This increase was due primarily to an increase of $2.0 million to record our deferred tax liability at C Corporation federal and state tax rates that resulted from the termination of our S Corporation status upon completion of our initial public offering.  To a lesser extent, the increase in the income tax provision relates to calculating the provision for the post-IPO period using C Corporation tax rates.

Fiscal Year 2005 Compared to Fiscal Year 2004

Contract revenues.   Our contract revenues were $67.3 million for fiscal year 2005, with $56.9 million attributable to Engineering Services and $10.3 million attributable to the Public Finance Services segment. This represented an increase in total contract revenues of $9.0 million, or 15.4%, from $58.3 million for fiscal year 2004. This was due primarily to increases of $8.3 million, or 17.1%, and $0.6 million, or 6.3%, in contract revenues of the Engineering Services segment and Public Finance Services segment, respectively. In addition, our Homeland Security Services segment, which began operations in the second half of fiscal year 2005, generated $0.1 million during this period. Overall headcount increased to 599 at the end of fiscal year 2005 from 508 at the end of fiscal year 2004, an increase of 17.9%.

41




The growth in contract revenues for the Engineering Services segment was due primarily to increased demand for our existing services. To respond to this demand, our Engineering Services segment increased its total headcount to 481 as of December 30, 2005 from 404 as of December 31, 2004, an increase of 19.1%. Of the 77 employees added in fiscal year 2005, 17 were formerly subconsultants or independent contractors that became employees of our subsidiary, PARs. To respond to demand for our services in additional geographic areas of California, two new office locations were opened in fiscal year 2005 in Fresno and Marysville, California and we opened a new office in Bakersfield, California in November 2004 which did not begin generating revenue until fiscal year 2005. In response to increased demand for our services in Arizona, we expanded our office in Tucson. In addition, our geotechnical company opened its new office location, which included an expanded laboratory, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004. During fiscal year 2005, our geotechnical company increased its number of clients by over 30%, which was the primary reason for its increased contract revenues of $0.7 million, or 132.9%, for fiscal year 2005.

The growth in contract revenues for our Public Finance Services segment also is due primarily to increased demand for our existing services. In response to this demand, our Public Finance Services segment increased its total headcount to 78 as of December 30, 2005 from 65 as of December 31, 2004, representing an increase of 20.0%.

Direct costs of contract revenues.   Direct costs of contract revenues increased by $4.0 million, or 17.2%, to $27.2 million for fiscal year 2005 from $23.2 million for fiscal year 2004. Of this total increase, direct costs of contract revenues increased $3.6 million, or 17.4%, in the Engineering Services segment and $0.3 million, or 12.0%, in the Public Finance Services segment. The remaining $0.1 million is attributable to the Homeland Security Services segment.

Direct costs of contract revenues for fiscal year 2005 included salaries and wages resulting from the commencement of operations in fiscal year 2005 of our subsidiary, PARs. Forming this subsidiary resulted in a shift of direct expense from subconsultant services to direct salaries and wages. In fiscal year 2004, direct salaries and wages were 26.8% of contract revenues. In fiscal year 2005, direct salaries and wages increased to 31.1% of contract revenues. In comparing the same periods, subconsultant services decreased from 10.5% of contract revenues in fiscal year 2004 to 7.1% of contract revenues in fiscal year 2005. In addition to the shift in direct expenses from subconsultant services to direct salaries and wages, we also added 40 new PARs employees between December 31, 2004 and December 30, 2005. Total direct costs of contract revenues as a percentage of contract revenues of 40.4% in fiscal year 2005 was comparable to 39.8% in fiscal year 2004.

General and administrative expenses.   General and administrative expenses increased by $9.9 million, or 31.9%, to $40.8 million for fiscal year 2005 from $31.0 million for fiscal year 2004. This was due in part to $2.7 million accrued in connection with ongoing litigation and $2.7 million in stock-based compensation expense in connection with stock issuances in fiscal year 2005, each of which is described above under “—Recent Developments.” All of the stock-based compensation expense was included in unallocated general and administrative expense and the litigation accrual relates to the Engineering Services segment.

There were other increases of $3.2 million and $0.6 million in general and administrative expenses in the Engineering Services and Public Finance Services segments, respectively. These additional general and administrative expenses were due primarily to increased costs related to the growth of employee headcount in both segments as discussed above. Additionally, there were increases of $0.4 million and $0.2 million in our Homeland Security Services segment and unallocated corporate expenses, respectively.

Employee related costs included in general and administrative expenses such as payroll taxes, employee benefits, bonuses and that portion of salaries and wages related to time not spent directly generating revenues increased by $3.0 million, or 15.3%. Facilities costs increased by $0.2 million, or 6.6%. Depreciation and amortization increased by $0.2 million, or 19.0%, as a result of additional needs for

42




leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment created by additional personnel. Other general and administrative expenses increased by approximately $1.0 million, or 14.6%, primarily as a result of the increased volume of our business. In addition to cost increases attributable to growth in employee headcount, we also experienced rate increases for expenses such as insurance premiums and health insurance and other employee benefits.

Income (loss) from operations.   Primarily as a result of the stock-based compensation expense and litigation accrual discussed above, operating income (loss) decreased by $4.8 million, or 117.1%, to a $745,000 loss from operations for fiscal year 2005 from income of $4.1 million for fiscal year 2004. Operating income as a percentage of contract revenues decreased to (1.1)% for fiscal year 2005 from 7.0% in fiscal year 2004.

Other income (expense).   Other expense, net increased by $341,000, or 122.7%, to $619,000 for fiscal year 2005 from $278,000 for fiscal year 2004. This was due primarily to a net increase in interest expense of $358,000 resulting primarily from interest related to the litigation accrual discussed above and the effect of increasing borrowing rates due to market factors offset by the impact of decreased borrowings under our line of credit and term debt.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 29, 2006, we had $20.6 million of cash and cash equivalents. Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations, borrowings under our revolving line of credit, capital leases and sales of our common stock. We believe that our cash on hand, cash generated by operating activities and funds available under our credit facility will be sufficient to finance our operating activities for at least the next 12 months.

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows provided by operating activities were $6.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 compared to $4.6 million for fiscal year 2005 and $3.9 million for fiscal year 2004. The cash flows provided by operating activities in the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 were comparatively higher than in 2005 due primarily to the increase in the volume of our business and the collection of approximately $2.3 million of life insurance proceeds. Cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2005 were comparatively higher than in fiscal year 2004 due primarily to a $0.6 million increase in our income before income taxes before the non-cash accruals for stock-based compensation and litigation along with the related interest accrual for the litigation.

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows used in investing activities were $2.9 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 compared to $1.9 million for fiscal year 2005 and $0.9 million for fiscal year 2004. Cash flows used in investing activities for the aforementioned periods primarily related to the purchase of equipment and leasehold improvements. Fiscal years 2005 and 2006 included higher than historical levels of equipment and leasehold improvements purchases due to the establishment of new office locations, the relocation of existing office facilities, including our corporate offices, and capital expenditures resulting from our overall increase in employee headcount.

Cash flows from financing activities

Cash flows provided by financing activities were $14.2 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 compared to $0.1 million provided by financing activities for fiscal year 2005 and $3.2 million used in financing activities for fiscal year 2004. Cash flows provided by financing activities for fiscal year 2006 increased from fiscal year 2005 primarily as a result of an increase in net proceeds from issuance of

43




common stock of $16.9 million as a result of our IPO and the exercise of the over-allotment option and a decrease in net debt repayments of $1.2 million, partially offset by an increase in distributions to holders of redeemable common stock of $3.8 million. For fiscal years 2005 and 2004, the net increase in cash flows from financing activities of $3.2 million related primarily to an increase in proceeds from issuance of redeemable common stock of $3.0 million and decrease in payments to acquired retired redeemable common stock of $0.5 million, offset by an increase in distributions to holders of redeemable common stock of $0.6 million.

Outstanding indebtedness

We currently have a revolving line of credit with a bank, as well as a note payable for a portion of the purchase price for VTA. We also finance insurance premiums by entering into notes payable with insurance companies.

Our $8.0 million revolving line of credit had no outstanding balance at December 29, 2006. On January 31, 2007, we terminated that line of credit and entered into a Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based) with Orange County Business Bank, or OCBB, as well as a related Promissory Note and Commercial Security Agreement. Under the Loan Agreement, we can borrow up to $8.0 million under a revolving line of credit. We have the right to convert up to $2 million of the revolving line of credit to two term loans under specified circumstances involving the start up of a new division and/or business unit and the acquisition of other companies. Loans made under the revolving line of credit will accrue interest at the rate of 0.25% over the current Wall Street Journal Prime Rate, resulting in an initial interest rate as of January 31, 2007 of 8.50%. Upon a default, the interest rate will be increased by a default rate margin of 6.00%. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Loan Agreement, OCBB has the option to make all indebtedness then owed by us under the loan documents immediately due and payable. The revolving line of credit matures on July 31, 2007.

Borrowings under the loan documents are secured by substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ tangible and intangible assets. Each of our subsidiaries, except Public Agency Resources, has signed an unconditional guaranty of our obligations under the loan documents. The Loan Agreement also contains customary representations, affirmative and negative covenants and defaults for a credit facility, including covenants to maintain a minimum tangible net worth, a minimum ratio of current assets to current liabilities and a minimum ratio of debt service coverage. The Loan Agreement also prohibits the payment of dividends on our common stock, other than dividends payable in our common stock, without the consent of OCBB. As of March 26, 2007, the amount available under the line of credit was approximately $8.0 million, and we were in compliance with all of our covenants.

We repaid our term loan in December 2006. When we repaid it, the loan bore interest at prime plus 0.25% and was scheduled to mature on July 1, 2007. The loan was secured by accounts receivable and equipment and was guaranteed by a principal stockholder.

We also had a note payable with an outstanding balance of $121,000 as of December 29, 2006 for a portion of the purchase price for VTA, which we acquired in June 2006. The note bears interest at 6.0% and is payable in equal monthly installments through July 2008.

44




Contractual obligations

We have certain cash obligations and other commitments, which will impact our short- and long-term liquidity. At December 29, 2006, such obligations and commitments consisted of long-term debt, operating leases and capital leases. The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 29, 2006:

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 Year

 

1-3 Years

 

3-5 Years

 

More than
5 Years

 

Long term debt(1)

 

$

1,126,000

 

$

1,080,000

 

$

46,000

 

$

 

$

 

Operating leases

 

13,713,000

 

3,759,000

 

5,147,000

 

3,503,000

 

1,304,000

 

Capital leases

 

777,000

 

275,000

 

428,000

 

74,000

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

$

15,616,000

 

$

5,114,000

 

$

5,621,000

 

$

3,577,000

 

$

1,304,000

 


(1)          Long-term debt includes principal and interest payments under our debt agreements assuming no additional borrowings or principal payments.

New Accounting Pronouncement

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Statement 109 does not prescribe a recognition threshold or measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken in a tax return. Diversity in practice exists in the accounting for income taxes. To address that diversity, this Interpretation clarifies the application of Statement 109 by defining a criterion that an individual tax position must meet for any part of the benefit of that position to be recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. Additionally, this Interpretation provides guidance on measurement, derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. This Interpretation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We do not believe the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48 will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A.        QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, to fair values or to future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. Market risk is attributed to all market risk sensitive financial instruments, including long-term debt.

As a result of our initial public offering, we had cash and cash equivalents of $20.6 million as of December 29, 2006. Of this amount, $7.0 million was invested in the Orange County Business Bank Money Market Fund and $13.3 million was invested in the SEI Investments Money Market Fund. Although these investments are subject to variable interest rates, we do not believe we are subject to significant market risk for these short-term investments.

We do not engage in trading activities and do not participate in foreign currency transactions or utilize derivative financial instruments. Additionally, we do not possess any bank debt which bears interest at variable rates. As of December 29, 2006, we had no borrowings outstanding under our credit facility.

45




ITEM 8.             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements and related financial information, as listed under Item 15, appear in a separate section of this annual report beginning on page F-1.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Page

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

F-1

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 30, 2005 and December 29, 2006

 

 

F-2

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2006

 

 

F-3

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Common Stock and Stockholders’ Equity for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2006

 

 

F-4

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2006

 

 

F-5

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

F-6

 

 

 

ITEM 9.                CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

There were no changes in and/or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure during the year ended December 29, 2006.

ITEM 9A.     CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Changes in Internal Controls

Based on our evaluation carried out in accordance with SEC Rule 15d-15(b) under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and Chief Financial Officer, the Company concluded that there were no changes during the fourth fiscal quarter of 2006 in its internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.       OTHER INFORMATION

None.

46




PART III

ITEM 10.         DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s 2006 fiscal year.

We have posted our Code of Ethical Conduct on our website, www.willdangroup.com, under the heading “Corporate Governance”.

ITEM 11.         EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s 2006 fiscal year.

ITEM 12.         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s 2006 fiscal year.

ITEM 13.      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s 2006 fiscal year.

ITEM 14.      PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s 2006 fiscal year.

47




PART IV

ITEM 15.         EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)          The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1.                 Financial Statements

The following financial statements of Willdan Group, Inc. and report of independent auditors are included in Item 8 of this annual report and submitted in a separate section beginning on page F-1:

 

Page

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

F-1

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 30, 2005 and December 29, 2006

 

 

F-2

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2006

 

 

F-3

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Common Stock and Stockholders’ Equity for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2006

 

 

F-4

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2006

 

 

F-5

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

F-6

 

 

 

2.                 Financial Statements Schedules

All required schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or the accompanying notes.

3.                 Exhibits

The exhibits filed as part of this annual report are listed in Item 15(b).

(b)         Exhibits.

The following exhibits are filed as a part of this report: 

Exhibit
Number

 

 

 

Exhibit Description

  3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of Willdan Group, Inc., including amendments thereto(1)

  3.2

 

Bylaws of Willdan Group, Inc.(1)

  4.1

 

Specimen Stock Certificate for shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock(1)

10.1

 

Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based) for $8,000,000 Revolving Draw Loan, dated January 31, 2007, between Willdan Group, Inc. and Orange County Business Bank, relating to the Promissory Note in 10.2*

10.2

 

Promissory Note for $8,000,000 Revolving Draw Loan, dated January 31, 2007, by Willdan Group, Inc. in favor of Orange County Business Bank.*

10.3

 

Commercial Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2007, between Willdan Group, Inc. and Orange County Business Bank, relating to the Promissory Note in 10.2*

10.4

 

Willdan Associates Incentive Bonus Plan, effective May 1, 1996(1)

10.5

 

MuniFinancial 2005 Bonus Plan(1)

10.6

 

Form of Tax Agreement Relating to S Corporation Distributions by the Registrant and its shareholders(1)

10.7

 

Willdan Group, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan(1)

10.8

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement(1)

10.9

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement(1)

 

48




 

10.10

 

Amended and Restated Willdan Group, Inc. 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan*

10.11

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Willdan Group, Inc. and its Directors and Officers(1)

10.12

 

Office Lease by and between Spectrum Waples Street, LLC, a California limited liability company, Spectrum Lambert Plaza, LLC, a California limited liability company and The Willdan Group of Companies dated October 15, 2004 for the principal office located at 2401 East Katella Avenue, Anaheim, California(1)

10.13

 

First Amendment to Lease by and between 2401 Katella, LLC and The Willdan Group of Companies, dated February 27, 2006 for the principal office located at 2401 Katella Avenue, Anaheim, California(1)

10.14

 

Second Amendment to Lease by and between 2401 Katella, LLC and The Willdan Group of Companies dated March 6, 2006 for the principal office located at 2401 Katella Avenue, Anaheim, California(1)

10.15

 

Employment Agreement (Re-stated) between Willdan Group, Inc. and Mallory McCamant dated August 1, 2006(1)

10.16

 

Warrant Agreement between Willdan Group, Inc. and Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.(1)

10.17

 

Indemnification Agreement between Willdan Group, Inc. and Linda Heil(1)

10.18

 

Agreement and General Release between Willdan Group, Inc. and Richard Kopecky effective February 20, 2007(2)

10.19

 

Settlement Agreement among the City of West Hollywood, Willdan and Willdan Group, Inc., effective March 6, 2007(3)

10.20

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Willdan Group, Inc. and Mallory McCamant dated March 23, 2007(4)

14.1

 

Code of Ethical Conduct of Willdan Group, Inc.*

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Willdan Group, Inc.(1)

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page hereto)

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to § 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to § 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

32.1

 

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*


*                    Filed herewith.

                     Indicates a management contract or compensating plan or arrangement.

(1)          Incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2006, as amended (File No. 333-136444).

(2)          Incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2007.

(3)          Incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 12, 2007.

(4)          Incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2007.

49




SIGNATURES AND CERTIFICATIONS

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Anaheim, State of California, on March 27, 2007.

 

WILLDAN GROUP, INC.

 

 

/s/ Mallory McCamant

 

 

Mallory McCamant

 

 

Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Tracy Lenocker and Mallory McCamant his/her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him/her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with Exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Date

 

/s/ Tracy Lenocker

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

March 27, 2007

Tracy Lenocker

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mallory McCamant

 

Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President

 

March 27, 2007

Mallory McCamant

 

and Assistant Secretary

 

 

/s/ Win Westfall

 

Director

 

March 27, 2007

Win Westfall

 

 

 

 

/s/ Linda L. Heil

 

Director

 

March 27, 2007

Linda L. Heil

 

 

 

 

/s/ Keith W. Renken

 

Director

 

March 27, 2007

Keith W. Renken

 

 

 

 

/s/ Chell Smith

 

Director

 

March 27, 2007

Chell Smith

 

 

 

 

 

50




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors
Willdan Group, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Willdan Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 29, 2006 and December 30, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable common stock and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Willdan Group, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 29, 2006 and December 30, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/   KPMG LLP

March 21, 2007

Los Angeles, California

F-1




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

December 30,
2005

 

December 29,
2006

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

3,066,000

 

 

 

$

20,633,000

 

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $492,000 and $492,000 at December 30, 2005 and December 29, 2006, respectively

 

 

11,680,000

 

 

 

14,270,000

 

 

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts

 

 

7,229,000

 

 

 

7,960,000

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

3,415,000

 

 

 

4,505,000

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,323,000

 

 

 

1,858,000

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

26,713,000

 

 

 

49,226,000

 

 

Equipment and leasehold improvements, net

 

 

2,802,000

 

 

 

4,372,000

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

2,763,000

 

 

 

2,911,000

 

 

Other assets

 

 

519,000

 

 

 

599,000

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

32,797,000

 

 

 

$

57,108,000

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Common Stock and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess of outstanding checks over bank balance

 

 

$

372,000

 

 

 

$

257,000

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

1,044,000

 

 

 

1,270,000

 

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

13,080,000

 

 

 

14,106,000

 

 

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

 

 

1,356,000

 

 

 

1,222,000

 

 

Accrued final distribution payable to holders of redeemable common stock.

 

 

 

 

 

3,150,000

 

 

Current portion of notes payable

 

 

1,230,000

 

 

 

993,000

 

 

Current portion of notes payable to related parties

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

Current portion of capital lease obligations

 

 

147,000

 

 

 

170,000

 

 

Current portion of deferred income taxes

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

1,693,000

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

17,284,000

 

 

 

22,936,000

 

 

Notes payable, excluding amount due to related parties, less current portion

 

 

253,000

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable to related parties

 

 

 

 

 

46,000

 

 

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

 

 

223,000

 

 

 

348,000

 

 

Deferred lease obligations

 

 

369,000

 

 

 

547,000

 

 

Deferred income taxes, net of current portion

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

398,000

 

 

Redeemable common stock ($17,043,000 redemption value at December 30, 2005):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock, no par value and 15,000,000 shares authorized; 4,708,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 30, 2005

 

 

11,141,000

 

 

 

 

 

Receivable from stockholders

 

 

(38,000

)

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

3,557,000

 

 

 

 

 

Total redeemable common stock

 

 

14,660,000

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 7,148,000 issued and outstanding at December 29, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

71,000

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

 

32,552,000

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

210,000

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

32,833,000

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable common stock and stockholders’ equity

 

 

$

32,797,000

 

 

 

$

57,108,000

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-2




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

Contract revenues

 

$

58,263,000

 

$

67,263,000

 

$

78,339,000

 

Direct costs of contract revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages

 

15,623,000

 

20,918,000

 

24,602,000

 

Production expenses

 

1,497,000

 

1,529,000

 

1,496,000

 

Subconsultant services

 

6,089,000

 

4,745,000

 

4,168,000

 

Total direct costs of contract revenues

 

23,209,000

 

27,192,000

 

30,266,000

 

General and administrative expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages, payroll taxes and employee benefits

 

19,711,000

 

22,720,000

 

26,051,000

 

Facilities

 

3,267,000

 

3,481,000

 

4,046,000

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

2,737,000

 

38,000

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

1,056,000

 

1,257,000

 

1,584,000

 

Litigation accrual (reversal)

 

 

2,686,000

 

(1,049,000

)

Other

 

6,923,000

 

7,935,000

 

10,359,000

 

Total general and administrative expenses

 

30,957,000

 

40,816,000

 

41,029,000

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

4,097,000

 

(745,000

)

7,044,000

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

(272,000

)

(630,000

)

(773,000

)

Other, net

 

(6,000

)

11,000

 

2,470,000

 

Total other income (expenses)

 

(278,000

)

(619,000

)

1,697,000

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

3,819,000

 

(1,364,000

)

8,741,000

 

Income tax provision

 

47,000

 

17,000

 

2,452,000

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

3,772,000

 

$

(1,381,000

)

$

6,289,000

 

Net income (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

$

1.03

 

$

(0.35

)

$

1.28

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

3,653,000

 

3,994,000

 

4,900,000

 

Pro Forma Data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma provision for income taxes

 

$

1,528,000

 

$

549,000

 

$

2,596,000

 

Pro forma net income (loss)

 

$

2,291,000

 

$

(1,913,000

)

$

6,145,000

 

Pro forma earnings per common share, basic and diluted

 

$

0.63

 

$

(0.48

)

$

1.25

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in

 

Receivable
from 

 

Retained

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

stockholders

 

Earnings

 

Total

 

Balances for redeemable common stock at
January 2, 2004

 

3,720,000

 

$

4,139,000

 

$

 

 

$

(18,000

)

 

$

4,540,000

 

$

8,661,000

 

Shares of redeemable common stock purchased and canceled in connection with buy/sell stock plan

 

(168,000

)

(94,000

)

 

 

 

 

(407,000

)

(501,000

)

Shares of redeemable common stock issued in connection with buy/sell stock plan

 

208,000

 

628,000

 

 

 

(16,000

)

 

 

612,000

 

Receipt of stockholder receivable

 

 

 

 

 

18,000

 

 

 

18,000

 

Increase in the difference between the aggregate redemption amount and the carrying amount for redeemable common stock

 

 

536,000

 

 

 

 

 

(536,000

)

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,085,000

)

(1,085,000

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,772,000

 

3,772,000

 

Balances for redeembable common stock at December 31, 2004

 

3,760,000

 

5,209,000

 

 

 

(16,000

)

 

6,284,000

 

11,477,000

 

Shares of redeemable common stock purchased and canceled in connection with buy/sell stock plan

 

(6,000

)

(9,000

)

 

 

 

 

(16,000

)

(25,000

)

Shares of redeemable common stock issued in connection with buy/sell stock plan

 

954,000

 

3,594,000

 

 

 

(38,000

)

 

 

3,556,000

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

2,737,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,737,000

 

Receipt of stockholder receivable

 

 

 

 

 

16,000

 

 

 

16,000

 

Decrease in the difference between the aggregate redemption amount and the carrying amount for redeemable common stock

 

 

(390,000

)

 

 

 

 

390,000

 

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,720,000

)

(1,720,000

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,381,000

)

(1,381,000

)

Balances for redeemable common stock at December 30, 2005 

 

4,708,000

 

11,141,000

 

 

 

(38,000

)

 

3,557,000

 

14,660,000

 

Shares of redeemable common stock issued in connection with buy/sell stock plan

 

5,000

 

18,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,000

 

Receipt of stockholder receivable

 

 

 

 

 

38,000

 

 

 

38,000

 

Reclassification from common stock to additional paid-in capital

 

 

(11,112,000

)

11,112,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease in the difference between the aggregate redemption amount and the carrying amount for redeemable common stock

 

 

 

(264,000

)

 

 

 

264,000

 

 

Distributions to holders of redeemable common
stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,634,000

)

(8,634,000

)

Reclassification of remaining undistributed retained earnings upon conversion from S Corporation to C Corporation

 

 

 

1,266,000

 

 

 

 

(1,266,000

)

 

Shares of common stock issued in connection with initial public offering, net of offering costs

 

2,435,000

 

24,000

 

20,400,000

 

 

 

 

 

20,424,000

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

38,000

 

 

 

 

 

38,000

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,289,000

 

6,289,000

 

Balances for stockholders’ equity at
December 29, 2006

 

7,148,000

 

$

71,000

 

$

32,552,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

210,000

 

$

32.833,000

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

3,772,000

 

$

(1,381,000

)

$

6,289,000

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

1,056,000

 

1,274,000

 

1,584,000

 

Loss (gain) on sale of equipment

 

18,000

 

24,000

 

(13,000

)

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

257,000

 

321,000

 

481,000

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

2,737,000

 

38,000

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(906,000

)

(2,508,000

)

(3,071,000

)

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts

 

(1,056,000

)

(45,000

)

(731,000

)

Other receivables

 

(95,000

)

(3,184,000

)

(1,090,000

)

Prepaid expenses and other current liabilities

 

110,000

 

(458,000

)

(535,000

)

Other assets

 

(211,000

)

(115,000

)

(8,000

)

Accounts payable

 

(43,000

)

(90,000

)

226,000

 

Accrued liabilities

 

1,139,000

 

7,356,000

 

1,026,000

 

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

 

(257,000

)

396,000

 

(134,000

)

Deferred income taxes

 

69,000

 

(38,000

)

2,033,000

 

Deferred lease obligations

 

26,000

 

276,000

 

178,000

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

3,879,000

 

4,565,000

 

6,273,000

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of equipment and leasehold improvements

 

(981,000

)

(1,885,000

)

(2,822,000

)

Proceeds from sale of equipment

 

36,000

 

28,000

 

5,000

 

Purchase of other assets

 

 

(15,000

)

(100,000

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(945,000

)

(1,872,000

)

(2,917,000

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in excess of outstanding checks over bank balance

 

(497,000

)

176,000

 

(115,000

)

Payments on notes payable

 

(1,393,000

)

(1,964,000

)

(1,482,000

)

Proceeds from notes payable

 

602,000

 

2,134,000

 

973,000

 

Borrowings under line of credit

 

15,682,000

 

29,390,000

 

11,700,000

 

Repayments of line of credit

 

(16,228,000

)

(31,053,000

)

(11,700,000

)

Principal payments on capital leases

 

(126,000

)

(148,000

)

(158,000

)

Payments on liabilities to stockholders

 

(250,000

)

(255,000

)

(3,000

)

Proceeds from stockholder receivables

 

18,000

 

16,000

 

38,000

 

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable common stock

 

612,000

 

3,556,000

 

18,000

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock in the initial public offering

 

 

 

22,646,000

 

Distributions to holders of redeemable common stock

 

(1,085,000

)

(1,720,000

)

(5,484,000

)

Payments to acquire retired stock

 

(501,000

)

(25,000

)

 

Payment of offering costs

 

 

 

(2,222,000

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(3,166,000

)

107,000

 

14,211,000

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(232,000

)

2,800,000

 

17,567,000

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

 

498,000

 

266,000

 

3,066,000

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

 

$

266,000

 

$

3,066,000

 

$

20,633,000

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

266,000

 

$

239,000

 

$

143,000

 

Income taxes

 

35,000

 

79,000

 

72,000

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment acquired under capital leases

 

$

223,000

 

$

211,000

 

$

386,000

 

Amounts receivable from issuance of redeemable common stock

 

16,000

 

38,000

 

 

Note payable issued in connection with acquisition of assets

 

 

 

150,000

 

Accrued final distributions to holders of redeemable common stock 

 

 

 

3,150,000

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-5




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

1.   ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY

Nature of Business

Willdan Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) is a provider of outsourced services to small and mid-sized public agencies in California and other western states. Outsourcing enables these agencies to provide a wide range of specialized services, without having to incur and maintain the overhead necessary to develop staffing in-house. The Company provides a broad range of services to public agencies including civil engineering, building and safety services, geotechnical engineering, financial and economic consulting, and disaster preparedness and homeland security. Clients primarily consist of cities, counties, redevelopment agencies, water districts, school districts and universities, state agencies, federal agencies, a variety of other special districts and agencies, and tribal governments.

Willdan Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is the successor to The Willdan Group of Companies, a California corporation. Willdan Group, Inc. was formed during fiscal year 2006, as a subsidiary of The Willdan Group of Companies, and on June 30, 2006, the assets and liabilities of The Willdan Group of Companies were transferred to Willdan Group, Inc. Willdan Group, Inc. had no operations prior to this transfer of assets and liabilities. Since the transaction occurred between entities under common control, the transfer was recorded at historical carrying values in a manner similar to the pooling of interests method of accounting. This resulted in a reclassification of $11.1 million from common stock to additional paid-in capital since the Willdan Group, Inc. common stock has a par value of $0.01 per share and The Willdan Group of Companies common stock had no par value. Hereinafter, Willdan Group or the Company refers to both Willdan Group, Inc. and its predecessor, The Willdan Group of Companies.

On November 27, 2006, the Company completed its initial public offering (IPO). The IPO resulted in the sale by the Company of 2,000,000 shares of common stock at an initial offering price per share of $10.00, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $20.0 million. A selling shareholder also sold 900,000 shares of common stock in the IPO. The aggregate proceeds to the Company, net of underwriter’s discounts and other offering costs, were approximately $16.4 million. On December 20, 2006, an additional 435,000 shares of common stock were sold by the Company at $10.00 per share as a result of the underwriter exercising its over-allotment option. This resulted in additional net proceeds of approximately $4.0 million to the Company. The Company issued stock warrants in connection with the IPO to the underwriter for the right to purchase 290,000 common shares at 120% of the IPO share price, or $12.00 per share. The warrants become exercisable on November 20, 2007 and expire on November 20, 2011.

Effective as of the completion of the IPO, the Company’s book value stock purchase plan for the Company’s redeemable common stock was terminated and all of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock previously subject to the terms of this plan are no longer redeemable by the Company. This resulted in a reclassification of the Company’s equity to permanent equity as of the completion of the IPO.

Prior to completion of the IPO, the Company was owned by its employees, board members and a service provider. With the consent of its stockholders, the Company had elected to be treated as an S Corporation for purposes of federal and state income taxes. Effective as of the first day of trading of the Company’s common stock, November 21, 2006, the S Corporation status terminated and thereafter the Company is subject to federal and state income taxes as a C Corporation.

F-6




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Willdan Group and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Willdan, MuniFinancial, and Arroyo Geotechnical, which was previously a division of Willdan. Additionally, two other wholly owned subsidiaries, American Homeland Solutions and Public Agency Resources, were formed during fiscal year 2004 and began operations in fiscal year 2005. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Years

The Company operates and reports financial results on a fiscal year of 52 or 53 weeks ending on the Friday closest to December 31. Fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006 were 52-week years. All references to years in the notes to consolidated financial statements represent fiscal years.

Stock Dividend

On August 4, 2004, the Company’s board of directors declared a four-for-one stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend. Stockholders of record as of the close of business on January 1, 2005 received three additional shares for each share held on the record date. Share and per share data for fiscal year 2004 have been adjusted to give effect to this stock dividend.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include money market funds and various deposit accounts. As of December 29, 2006, cash equivalents include $7.0 million invested in the Orange County Business Bank Money Market Fund and $13.3 million invested in the SEI Investments Money Market Fund. Outstanding checks in excess of cash on deposit have been reclassified to current liabilities.

The Company from time to time may be exposed to credit risk with its bank deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limits and with uninsured money market investments. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

As of December 30, 2005 and December 29, 2006, the carrying amounts of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts, other receivables, prepaid expenses and other current assets, excess of outstanding checks over bank balance, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, and accrued final distribution payable to holders of redeemable common stock approximate their fair values because of the relatively short period of time between the origination of these instruments and their expected realization. The carrying amounts of notes payable under lines of credit, note payable to stockholders and other notes payable approximate their fair values since the terms are comparable to terms currently offered by local lending institutions for loans of similar terms to companies with comparable credit risk.

F-7




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

Segment Information

The Company consists of six legal entities organized as a holding company with five subsidiary companies. The Company presents segment information externally the same way management uses financial data internally to make operating decisions and assess performance. Willdan Group, Inc., the holding company, performs all administrative functions on behalf of the subsidiary companies, such as treasury, legal, accounting, information systems and human resources, and earns revenues that are only incidental to the activities of the enterprise. As a result, Willdan Group, Inc. does not meet the definition of an operating segment. Three of the five subsidiary companies are aggregated into one segment since they have similar characteristics including the nature of services, the methods used to provide services and the type of customer. The remaining two subsidiary companies each comprise an operating segment.

Off-Balance Sheet Financings and Liabilities

Other than lease commitments, legal contingencies incurred in the normal course of business, and employment contracts, the Company does not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or liabilities. In addition, the Company’s policy is not to enter into derivative instruments, futures or forward contracts. Finally, the Company does not have any majority-owned subsidiaries or any interests in, or relationships with, any special-purpose entities that are not included in the consolidated financial statements.

Accounting for Contracts

The Company enters into contracts with its clients that contain three principal types of pricing provisions:  fixed fee, time-and-materials, and unit-based. Revenues on fixed fee contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method based generally on the ratio of direct costs incurred to date to estimated total direct costs at completion. Revenue on time-and-materials and unit-based contracts are recognized as the work is performed in accordance with specific terms of the contract. Revenue for amounts that have been billed but not earned is deferred and such deferred revenue is referred to as billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Adjustments to contract cost estimates are made in the periods in which the facts requiring such revisions become known. When the revised estimate indicates a loss, such loss is provided for currently in its entirety. Claims revenue is recognized only upon resolution of the claim. Change orders in dispute are evaluated as claims. Costs related to unpriced change orders are expensed when incurred and recognition of the related contract revenue is based on an evaluation of the probability of recovery of the costs. Estimated profit is recognized for unpriced change orders if realization of the expected price of the change order is assured beyond a reasonable doubt.

Applying the percentage-of-completion method of recognizing revenue requires the Company to estimate the indicated outcome of its long-term contracts. The Company forecasts such outcomes to the best of its knowledge and belief of current and expected conditions and its expected course of action. Differences between the Company’s estimates and actual results often occur resulting in changes to reported revenues and earnings. Such changes could have a material effect on future consolidated financial statements.

F-8




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

Direct costs of contract revenues consist primarily of that portion of technical and nontechnical salaries and wages that has been incurred in connection with revenue producing projects. Direct costs of contract revenues also include production expenses, subconsultant services and other expenses that are incurred in connection with revenue producing projects. Direct costs of contract revenues exclude that portion of technical and nontechnical salaries and wages related to marketing efforts, vacations, holidays and other time not spent directly generating revenues under existing contracts. Such costs are included in general and administrative expenses. Additionally, payroll taxes, bonuses and employee benefit costs for all Company personnel are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations since no allocation of these costs is made to direct costs of contract revenues. No allocation of facilities costs is made to direct costs of contract revenues nor is depreciation and amortization allocated to direct costs. Other companies may classify as direct costs of contract revenues some of the costs that the Company classifies as general and administrative costs. We expense direct costs of contract revenues when incurred.

Accounts receivable are carried at original invoice amount less an estimate made for doubtful accounts based upon a review of all outstanding amounts on a monthly basis. Management determines the allowance for doubtful accounts by identifying troubled accounts and by using historical experience applied to an aging of accounts. Credit risk is minimal with governmental entities. Accounts receivables are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts receivables previously written off are recorded when received.

The value of retainage is included in accounts receivable in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Retainage represents the billed amount that is retained by the customer, in accordance with the terms of the contract, generally until performance is substantially complete. At December 30, 2005 and December 29, 2006, the Company had retained accounts receivable of approximately $67,000 and $54,000, respectively.

Leases

All of the Company’s office leases are classified as operating leases and rent expense is included in facilities expense in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Some of the lease terms include rent concessions and rent escalation clauses, all of which are taken into account in computing minimum lease payments. Minimum lease payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term. The excess of rents recognized over the amounts contractually due pursuant to the underlying leases is reflected as a liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The cost of improvements that we make to the leased office space is capitalized as leasehold improvements.

Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

Equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment under capital leases is stated at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Depreciation and amortization on equipment are calculated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of two to five years. Leasehold improvements and assets under capital leases are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of estimated useful lives or the term of the related lease.

F-9




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

Following are the estimated useful lives used to calculate depreciation and amortization:

Category

 

 

 

Estimated Useful Life

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

5 years

 

 

Computer hardware

 

 

2 years

 

 

Computer software

 

 

3 years

 

 

Automobiles and trucks

 

 

3 years

 

 

Field equipment

 

 

5 years

 

 

 

Equipment and leasehold improvements are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of the assets acquired. The goodwill, which has an indefinite useful life, is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset’s fair value. As of December 30, 2005, all of the goodwill relates to MuniFinancial assets acquired. As of December 29, 2006, goodwill also includes amounts related to the acquisition of the assets of an entity that developed and delivered training courses.

Accounting for Claims Against the Company

The Company records liabilities to claimants for probable and estimable claims on its consolidated balance sheet, which is included in accrued liabilities, and records a corresponding receivable from the insurance company for the portion of the claim that is probable of being covered by insurance, which is included in other receivables. The estimated claim amount net of the amount estimated to be recoverable from the insurance company is included in general and administrative expense.

Stock Options

The Company accounts for compensation related to stock options using the fair value method of accounting. The estimated fair value of the fully vested stock options granted upon completion of the IPO was expensed and the fair value of the unvested stock options granted is being amortized over the vesting period of these stock options.

Redeemable Common Stock

Prior to fiscal year 2005, the Company recognized no compensation expense related to shares issued under its book value stock purchase plan based on changes in the formula price during the employment period since the employees made a substantive investment that would be at risk for a reasonable period of time.

F-10




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

Book value shares granted under the purchase plan during fiscal year 2005 were considered to have been granted in contemplation of the IPO, and, accordingly, compensation cost was recorded for the difference between the formula value and the estimated fair value of those shares.

In the evaluation of the fair value of the stock considered to be issued in contemplation of the IPO, the Company considered the proximity of the issuance to the offering, intervening events, market conditions, transfer restrictions and exercise dates, and profitability and financial condition of the Company.

Income Taxes

Prior to November 21, 2006, for federal income tax purposes, the Company reported as an S Corporation wherein the Company elected and the stockholders consented to be taxed in a manner similar to partners in a general partnership. Since federal income taxes on S Corporation income are the responsibility of the individual stockholders, no federal tax provision is included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for periods prior to November 21, 2006. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company elected to be treated as an S Corporation for state tax purposes and has provided for state income taxes at the applicable S Corporation statutory rate from January 1, 2002 through November 21, 2006.

Effective upon the first day of trading of the Company’s common stock as a result of the IPO, the S Corporation status was terminated and thereafter the Company is subject to federal and state income taxes as a C Corporation. The effect of recognizing the Company’s deferred tax liability using C Corporation federal and state tax rates instead of S Corporation state tax rates is included in the fiscal year 2006 tax provision in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Operating Cycle

In accordance with industry practice, amounts realizable and payable under contracts, which may extend beyond one year, are included in current assets and liabilities.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-11




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

New Accounting Pronouncement

In September 2006, the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant and Divisions of Corporation Finance and Investment Management released Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (SAB 108), which provides interpretive guidance on how registrants should quantify financial statement misstatements. Currently, the two methods most commonly used by preparers and auditors to quantify misstatements are the “rollover” method (which focuses primarily on the income statement impact of misstatements) and the “iron curtain” method (which focuses primarily on the balance sheet impact of misstatements). Under SAB 108, registrants are required to consider both the rollover and iron curtain methods (i.e., a dual approach) when evaluating the materiality of financial statement errors. SAB 108 is effective for annual financial statements in the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006; therefore for the Company, it is effective for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006. The SAB provides transition accounting and disclosure guidance for situations in which a registrant concludes that a material error(s) existed in prior-period financial statements under the dual approach. Specifically, registrants are permitted to restate prior period financial statements or recognize the cumulative effect of initially applying SAB 108 through an adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the year of adoption. The Company’s adoption of the dual method did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

3.   EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

Equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following:

 

 

December 30,
2005

 

December 29,
2006

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

$

4,061,000

 

 

$

4,825,000

 

Computer hardware and software

 

 

3,126,000

 

 

4,184,000

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

791,000

 

 

880,000

 

Equipment under capital leases

 

 

618,000

 

 

757,000

 

Automobiles, trucks, and field equipment

 

 

373,000

 

 

401,000

 

 

 

 

8,969,000

 

 

11,047,000

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

6,167,000

 

 

6,675,000

 

 

 

 

$

2,802,000

 

 

$

4,372,000

 

 

Included in accumulated depreciation and amortization is $139,000 and $181,000 of amortization related to equipment held under capital leases in 2005 and 2006, respectively.

F-12




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

4.   ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

 

December 30,
2005

 

December 29,
2006

 

Accrued bonuses

 

$

2,934,000

 

$

2,150,000

 

Paid leave bank

 

1,453,000

 

1,861,000

 

Compensation and payroll taxes

 

1,376,000

 

1,556,000

 

Accrued legal

 

73,000

 

41,000

 

Accrued workers’ compensation insurance

 

257,000

 

50,000

 

Litigation accrual

 

5,951,000

 

5,951,000

 

Accrued interest

 

377,000

 

1,006,000

 

Income taxes payable

 

77,000

 

429,000

 

Other

 

582,000

 

1,062,000

 

 

 

$

13,080,000

 

$

14,106,000

 

 

5.   STOCK OPTIONS

As of December 29, 2006, the Company has two share-based compensation plans, which are described below. The compensation cost that has been charged against income for stock options issued under these plans was $38,000 for fiscal 2006. Prior to fiscal 2006, the Company did not issue stock options.

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

The Company’s board of directors adopted the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (“2006 Plan”) in June 2006 and it received stockholder approval approval in June 2006. The Company plans to re-submit the 2006 Plan to its stockholders for post-IPO approval at the 2007 annual stockholders’ meeting. The 2006 Plan will terminate ten years after the board of directors approved it. The 2006 Plan has 300,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance to the Company’s directors, executives, officers, employees, consultants and advisors. No participant may be granted an option to purchase more than 100,000 shares in any fiscal year. Options may be granted with exercise prices at no less than fair market value at date of grant, with vesting provisions and contractual terms determined by the compensation committee of the board of directors on a grant-by-grant basis. Options granted under the 2006 Plan may be “nonstatutory stock options” which expire no more than ten years from the date of grant or “incentive stock options” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Upon exercise of nonstatutory stock options, the Company is generally entitled to a tax deduction on the exercise of the option for an amount equal to the excess over the exercise price of the fair market value of the shares at the date of exercise; the Company is generally not entitled to any tax deduction on the exercise of an incentive stock option. Option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the 2006 Plan). To date, options granted under the 2006 Plan consist of 20,000 shares and 8,000 shares for incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options, respectively.

The fair value of each option is calculated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatility is based upon historical volatility of  “guideline companies” since the length of time the Company’s shares have been publicly traded is shorter than the expected or contractual term of the options. The expected term of the option, taking into account

F-13




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

both the contractual term of the option and the effects of employees’ expected exercise and expected post-vesting termination behavior is estimated based upon the “shortcut” approach. Under this approach, the expected term is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The assumptions are as follows:

Expected volatility

 

31%-36%

 

Expected dividends

 

0%

 

Expected term (in years)

 

1.00-5.25

 

Risk-free rate

 

4.54%-4.71%

 

 

A summary of option activity under the 2006 Plan as of December 29, 2006, and changes during the fiscal year then ended is presented below. The intrinsic values are before applicable taxes, based on the Company’s closing stock price of $10 on December 29, 2006.

Options

 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
($000)

 

Outstanding at December 30, 2005

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Granted

 

28,000

 

 

10.19

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 29, 2006

 

28,000

 

 

$

10.19

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

 

$

 

 

Vested at December 29, 2006

 

20,000

 

 

$

10.00

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

$

 

 

Exercisable at December 29, 2006

 

20,000

 

 

$

10.00

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested shares as of December 29, 2006, and changes during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006, is presented below:

Nonvested Shares

 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

 

Nonvested at December 30, 2005

 

 

 

$

 

 

Granted

 

28,000

 

 

2.29

 

 

Vested

 

(20,000

)

 

1.64

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 29, 2006

 

8,000

 

 

$

3.91

 

 

 

As of December 29, 2006, there was $26,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 5 months. The total fair value of vested options granted during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006 was $33,000.

F-14




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The Company adopted its Amended and Restated 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan designed to allow eligible employees the right to purchase shares of common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions. The plan received stockholder approval in June 2006. The Company plans to re-submit the plan to its stockholders for post-IPO approval at the 2007 annual stockholders’ meeting. A total of 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance under the plan, with no more than 100,000 shares being issuable in any one calendar year. The plan has semi-annual periods beginning on each January 1 and ending on each June 30 and beginning on each July 1 and ending on each December 31. The first offering period will commence on February 10, 2007 and will end on June 30, 2007.

Participants make contributions under the plan only by means of payroll deductions each payroll period. The accumulated contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares. Shares will be purchased under the plan on, or as soon as practicable after, the last day of the offering period. The purchase price per share will equal 95% of the fair market value of a share on the last day of such offering period.

The Company’s Amended and Restated 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is a noncompensatory plan. As a result, stock-based compensation expense will not be calculated and/or recorded in relation to this plan.

6.   NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT

Notes payable, excluding amounts due to related parties, consist of the following:

 

2005

 

2006

 

Note payable to bank, bore interest at prime plus 0.25% (7.50% at December 30, 2005), this note was repaid during 2006

 

$

718,000

 

$

 

Unsecured notes payable to insurance companies to finance insurance premiums, interest at 4.93% for the notes outstanding as of December 30, 2005 and 5.97% for the notes outstanding as of December 29, 2006, payable in monthly principal and interest installments of $111,000 through September 2007

 

755,000

 

990,000

 

Note payable for automobile, 48-month term, bearing interest at 7.20%, payable in monthly principal and interest installments of $1,000 through July 2007, secured by a Company vehicle

 

10,000

 

3,000

 

 

 

1,483,000

 

993,000

 

Less current portion

 

1,230,000

 

993,000

 

Notes payable, excluding amount due to related parties, less current portion

 

$

253,000

 

$

 

 

Under a revolving line of credit dated June 24, 2005, the Company has available an $8,000,000 line of credit facility with a bank. Subject to certain conditions, $2,000,000 of the line of credit may be converted to two term loans. The line of credit, which matures on July 31, 2007, bears interest at prime plus 0.25% and is secured by substantially all assets of the Company and was personally guaranteed by a principal stockholder. Upon successful completion of the Company’s initial public offering, the personal guarantee was released by the lender. The line of credit includes covenants to maintain a certain level of current

F-15




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

ratio, tangible net worth, debt to net worth ratio and minimum debt coverage. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of December 29, 2006. There were no outstanding borrowings under this agreement as of December 30, 2005 or as of December 29, 2006.

In connection with the June 2006 acquisition of the assets of an entity that developed and delivered training courses, the Company entered into a $150,000 note payable to the seller for a portion of the purchase price. The seller was hired as a Company employee in connection with this acquisition. This related party note bears interest at 6% and is payable in equal monthly installments of $7,000 through maturity in July 2008 and has an outstanding balance of $121,000 as of December 29, 2006, $75,000 of which is the current portion.

Principal maturities of notes payable as of December 29, 2006 are as follows:

2007

 

$

1,068,000

 

2008

 

46,000

 

 

 

$

1,114,000

 

 

7.   BOOK VALUE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

Prior to the completion of the IPO, the Company had a program whereby selected employees, contract employees, officers and directors of the Company could purchase redeemable shares of the Company’s stock. The purpose of the program was to provide for continuity of management by establishing a plan under which the stock of the Company would remain in the hands of those individuals who were or would be actively responsible for the continued success of the Company and who desired to own such stock. The existing stockholders approved additional sales of stock and the Company’s board of directors determined which individuals and how many shares each of these individuals could purchase. Company employees and directors owned most of the Company’s stock and every share of the Company’s stock was covered by the stock buy/sell agreement (the Agreement).

The stockholders could not transfer ownership of the stock other than to hold title to the stock in a trust for the benefit of the stockholder and/or his or her spouse, children or estate. Stockholders who wished to sell the stock had to tender an offer of the stock to the Company or to another Company stockholder. Termination of employment with the Company did not trigger a requirement to sell the stock back to the Company. However, the Company had the right to repurchase any of the stock at any time from any stockholder.

All purchases and repurchases of stock were priced based on the same formula and there was no vesting period. The Company had various options with respect to repurchasing the stock tendered by the stockholders as specified in the Agreement. If the repurchase of stock was involuntary (i.e., the Company demands the repurchase), then the Company was required to immediately pay cash for 100% of the shares.

During fiscal year 2005, individuals purchased 954,000 shares of the Company’s redeemable common stock at $3.77 per share pursuant to awards of stock purchase rights granted by the Company’s board of directors. At the time of the stock sales, the Company was considering becoming a public company in addition to other forms of financing that would not have resulted in the Company becoming publicly traded. During the Company’s year-end close process in February 2006, the Company determined it was possible the Company could be within one year of an IPO. Accordingly, the fiscal year 2005 sales of

F-16




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

common stock were considered to be in contemplation of the Company’s proposed IPO and the difference between the aggregate estimated fair value of the shares and the aggregate formula-based price was recorded as an expense in fiscal year 2005. The expense totaled $2.7 million and is included as stock based compensation within general and administrative expenses.

In the evaluation of the fair value of the stock considered to be issued in contemplation of the IPO, the Company considered the profitability and financial condition of the Company, the proximity of the issuance to the offering, intervening events, transfer restrictions and exercise dates.

As discussed in Note 1, upon completion of the IPO, the Agreement was terminated and the Company’s stock is no longer redeemable by the Company.

8.   COMMITMENTS

Leases

The Company is obligated under capital leases for certain furniture and office equipment that expire at various dates through the year 2011.

The Company also leases certain office facilities under noncancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through the year 2013 and is committed under noncancelable operating leases for the lease of computer equipment and automobiles through the year 2009.

Future minimum rental payments under capital and noncancelable operating leases are summarized as follows:

 

 

Capital

 

Operating

 

Fiscal year:

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

$

275,000

 

$

3,759,000

 

2008

 

245,000

 

2,978,000

 

2009

 

183,000

 

2,169,000

 

2010

 

67,000

 

1,862,000

 

2011

 

7,000

 

1,641,000

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,304,000

 

Total future minimum lease payments

 

$

777,000

 

$

13,713,000

 

Amount representing maintenance

 

(193,000

)

 

 

Amount representing interest (at rates ranging from 4.75% to 10.0%)

 

(66,000

)

 

 

Present value of net minimum lease payments under capital leases

 

518,000

 

 

 

Less current portion

 

170,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

348,000

 

 

 

 

Rent expense and related charges for common area maintenance for all facility operating leases for 2004, 2005 and 2006 was approximately $2,322,000, $2,483,000 and $2,957,000, respectively.

F-17




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has a qualified profit sharing plan (the Plan) pursuant to Code Section 401(a) and qualified cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to Code Section 401(k) covering substantially all employees. Employees may elect to contribute up to 50% of compensation limited to the amount allowed by tax laws. Company contributions are made solely at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company made matching contributions of approximately $224,000, $231,000 and $277,000 during 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

The Company has an incentive bonus plan for regional managers, division managers and others as determined by the Company president. Bonuses are awarded under this plan based on five to twenty-five percent of the eligible employee’s annual salary if certain financial goals are achieved. The financial goals are not stated in the plan; rather they are judgmentally determined each year. In addition, the Board of Directors may declare discretionary bonuses to key employees and all employees are eligible for what the Company refers to as the “hot hand” bonus program, which pays awards for outstanding performance. Bonuses declared for fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006 totaled approximately $2,427,000, $3,322,000 and $2,687,000, respectively, of which approximately $2,934,000 and $2,150,000, which represents annual performance bonuses, is included in accrued liabilities at December 30, 2005 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

Post employment health benefits

In May 2006, the Company’s board of directors approved providing lifetime health insurance coverage for the Company’s chief executive officer and his spouse as of that date and for the widow of the Company’s former chief executive officer, Mrs. Heil, who is also a Company board member. Additionally, the board approved health insurance coverage for Mrs. Heil’s two dependents until they reach the maximum age for dependent coverage under the Company’s health insurance policy.

During fiscal year 2006, the Company recorded general and administrative expense equal to the present value of the expected payments for health insurance coverage for Mrs. Heil and her dependents. The Company also began to amortize, to general and administrative expense, the present value of the expected payments for post employment health coverage for the Company’s chief executive officer and his spouse over the period from approval of the benefit to the estimated date of retirement. During fiscal year 2007, this chief executive officer communicated his intent to retire and the Company prospectively adjusted the amortization.

9.   INCOME TAXES

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of:

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

Current federal taxes

 

$

 

$

 

$

200,000

 

Current state taxes

 

46,000

 

55,000

 

219,000

 

Deferred federal taxes

 

 

 

1,627,000

 

Deferred state taxes

 

1,000

 

(38,000

)

406,000

 

 

 

$

47,000

 

$

17,000

 

$

2,452,000

 

 

F-18




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

The provision for income taxes for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, due to the lack of federal income taxes resulting from the Company’s S Corporation election and due to state taxes, differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision for income taxes. The sources and tax effects of the differences for fiscal year 2006 are as follows:

Computed “expected” federal income tax expense

 

$

2,972,000

 

Permanent difference—federal income tax effect of non-taxable life insurance proceeds

 

(765,000

)

Other permanent differences

 

87,000

 

Current state income tax expense (benefit), net of federal benefit

 

145,000

 

Tax effect of earnings not subject to federal income tax due to S Corporation election

 

(1,931,000

)

Federal and state tax effect of S to C Corporation conversion

 

1,974,000

 

Other

 

(30,000

)

 

 

$

2,452,000

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the net deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

 

 

December 30,
2005

 

December 29,
2006

 

Current deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued litigation judgment

 

 

$

46,000

 

 

$

2,517,000

 

Accounts receivable allowance

 

 

4,000

 

 

191,000

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

 

9,000

 

 

528,000

 

 

 

 

59,000

 

 

3,236,000

 

Current deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

(105,000

)

 

(3,242,000

)

Litigation receivable

 

 

 

 

(1,687,000

)

Other

 

 

(4,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(109,000

)

 

(4,929,000

)

Net current deferred tax assets (liability)

 

 

$

(50,000

)

 

$

(1,693,000

)

Deferred tax assets, net of current portion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment and leasehold improvement depreciation

 

 

$

7,000

 

 

$

94,000

 

 

 

 

7,000

 

 

94,000

 

Deferred tax liabilities, net of current portion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill amortization

 

 

(15,000

)

 

(492,000

)

 

 

 

(15,000

)

 

(492,000

)

Net deferred tax liability, net of current portion

 

 

$

(8,000

)

 

$

(398,000

)

 

Management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets existing at December 29, 2006. Further, management believes the existing net deductible temporary differences will reverse during periods in which the Company generates net taxable income. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will generate taxable earnings or any specific level of continuing earnings in the future.

F-19




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

10.   SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company has three segments, engineering services, public finance services and homeland security services. The engineering services segment includes Willdan, Arroyo Geotechnical and Public Agency Resources. The engineering services segment performs services for a broad range of public agency clients and offers a full complement of engineering, building and safety, construction management, and municipal planning services to clients throughout the western United States. The public finance services segment, which consists of MuniFinancial, provides expertise and support for the various financing techniques employed by public agencies to finance their operations and infrastructure along with the mandated reporting and other requirements associated with these financings. The homeland security services segment, which consists of American Homeland Solutions, provides homeland security and public safety consulting services to cities, counties and related municipal service agencies.

The accounting policies applied to determine the segment information are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. There were no intersegment sales for any of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2006. Management evaluates the performance of each segment based upon income or loss before year-end performance bonuses and income taxes. Certain segment asset information including expenditures for long-lived assets has not been presented as it is not reported to or reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. In addition, enterprise-wide service line contract revenues are not included as it is impracticable to report this information for each group of similar services.

Financial information with respect to the reportable segments and reconciliation to the amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements follows:

 

Engineering
Services

 

Public
Finance
Services

 

Homeland
Security
Services

 

Unallocated
Corporate

 

Intersegment

 

Consolidated
Total

 

Fiscal Year 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenue

 

 

$

48,615,000

 

 

$

9,648,000

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

58,263,000

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

786,000

 

 

270,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,056,000

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

229,000

 

 

43,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

272,000

 

 

Segment profit before bonuses and income taxes  

 

 

4,229,000

 

 

1,576,000

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,806,000

 

 

Annual performance bonuses

 

 

1,137,000

 

 

411,000

 

 

 

 

 

439,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,987,000

 

 

Income tax provision

 

 

29,000

 

 

17,000

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,000

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

3,063,000

 

 

1,148,000

 

 

 

 

 

(439,000

)(1)

 

 

 

 

 

3,772,000

 

 

Segment assets

 

 

19,754,000

 

 

8,236,000

 

 

 

 

 

8,356,000

(2)

 

 

(13,123,000

)

 

 

23,223,000

 

 

Fiscal Year 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenue

 

 

56,908,000

 

 

10,265,000

 

 

90,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67,263,000

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

969,000

 

 

283,000

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,257,000

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

578,000

 

 

40,000

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

630,000

 

 

Segment profit (loss) before bonuses and income taxes 

 

 

3,583,000

 

 

1,118,000

 

 

(352,000

)

 

 

(2,779,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,570,000

 

 

Annual performance bonuses

 

 

1,967,000

 

 

340,000

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

607,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,934,000

 

 

Income tax provision

 

 

3,000

 

 

1,000

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,000

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

1,613,000

 

 

777,000

 

 

(373,000

)

 

 

(3,398,000

)(1)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,381,000

)

 

Segment assets

 

 

29,757,000

 

 

9,013,000

 

 

97,000

 

 

 

13,385,000

(2)

 

 

(19,455,000

)

 

 

32,797,000

 

 

Fiscal Year 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract revenue

 

 

65,887,000

 

 

11,495,000

 

 

957,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78,339,000

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,215,000

 

 

333,000

 

 

36,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,584,000

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

732,000

 

 

12,000

 

 

29,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

773,000

 

 

Segment profit (loss) before bonuses and income taxes 

 

 

8,213,000

 

 

1,554,000

 

 

(322,000

)

 

 

1,446,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,891,000

 

 

Annual performance bonuses

 

 

1,531,000

 

 

337,000

 

 

34,000

 

 

 

248,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,150,000

 

 

Income tax provision

 

 

2,524,000

 

 

460,000

 

 

(134,000

)

 

 

(398,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

2,452,000

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

4,158,000

 

 

757,000

 

 

(222,000

)

 

 

1,596,000

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

6,289,000

 

 

Segment assets

 

 

36,926,000

 

 

10,158,000

 

 

480,000

 

 

 

29,639,000

(2)

 

 

(20,095,000

)

 

 

57,108,000

 

 

 

F-20




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006


(1)                The following sets forth the amounts included in the net income (loss) that was Unallocated Corporate for fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006:

 

 

Fiscal Year
2004

 

Fiscal Year
2005

 

Fiscal Year
2006

 

Unallocated net income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual performance bonuses

 

 

$

(439,000

)

 

$

(607,000

)

 

$

(248,000

)

 

Special bonuses

 

 

 

 

(42,000

)

 

(104,000

)

 

Salaries and wages, payroll taxes and employee benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

(366,000

)

 

Life insurance proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,250,000

 

 

Post employment health benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

(162,000

)

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

(2,737,000

)

 

(38,000

)

 

Income tax (provision) benefit

 

 

 

 

 

(12,000

)

 

398,000

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

(134,000

)

 

 

 

 

$

(439,000

)

 

$

(3,398,000

)

 

$

1,596,000

 

 

 

Most types of overhead costs incurred by Willdan Group are allocated to the Company’s segments. However, because management makes operating decisions and assesses performance of the Company’s segments based on financial information before bonuses, the bonuses for Willdan Group employees were not allocated to the segments. The stock compensation expense incurred during fiscal year 2005 recorded in anticipation of the IPO and the income from life insurance proceeds received during fiscal year 2006 were not allocated for a similar reason.

(2)                The following sets forth the assets that are included in Unallocated Corporate for fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006.

 

 

Fiscal Year
2004

 

Fiscal Year
2005

 

Fiscal Year
2006

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

112,000

 

 

$

2,912,000

 

$

20,331,000

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

184,000

 

 

1,093,000

 

1,406,000

 

Intercompany receivables

 

 

2,108,000

 

 

3,028,000

 

955,000

 

Other receivables

 

 

98,000

 

 

40,000

 

130,000

 

Equipment and leasehold improvements, net

 

 

304,000

 

 

779,000

 

1,227,000

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

 

5,354,000

 

 

5,354,000

 

5,354,000

 

Other assets

 

 

196,000

 

 

179,000

 

236,000

 

 

 

 

$

8,356,000

 

 

$

13,385,000

 

$

29,639,000

 

 

11.   OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Included in subconsultant services expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations are expenses for services provided to the Company by an affiliate of a former member of the Company’s board of directors totaling $43,000 and $68,000 for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, respectively, and $23,000 for the period during fiscal year 2006 in which this individual served as a board member.

Included in other general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations are expenses for services provided to the Company by an affiliate of a former member of the Company’s board of directors totaling $35,000 and $42,000 for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, respectively, and $32,000 for the period during 2006 in which this individual served as a board member.

12.   PRO FORMA INCOME TAXES (UNAUDITED)

Upon completion of the IPO (as more fully described in Note 1), the Company ceased to qualify as an S corporation. Thus, the Company will be taxed at regular corporate rates. For informational purposes, the Company’s consolidated statements of operations include pro forma adjustments for income taxes at a 40% rate that would have been recorded if the Company were a C Corporation for all years presented. The pro forma tax provision for fiscal year 2005 reflects the non-deductibility of stock based compensation

F-21




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

expense recorded in anticipation of the IPO and the pro forma tax provision for fiscal year 2006 reflects the nontaxability of life insurance proceeds.

13.   LIFE INSURANCE PROCEEDS

On May 15, 2006, the Company’s co-founder and chief executive officer, Dan W. Heil, passed away. The Company carried two life insurance policies on Mr. Heil totaling $2.3 million in coverage. In June 2006, the proceeds from the $0.3 million policy were received by the Company. In July 2006, the Company received the proceeds from the $2.0 million policy. The $2.3 million is included in other, net under other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006.

14.   CONTINGENCIES

Claims and Lawsuits

The Company is subject from time to time to various claims and lawsuits, including those alleging professional errors or omissions that arise in the ordinary course of business against firms that operate in the engineering and consulting professions. The Company carries professional liability insurance, subject to certain deductibles and policy limits, for such claims as they arise and may from time to time establish reserves for litigation that is considered probable of loss.

As of December 30, 2005 and December 29, 2006, the Company was involved in a dispute with the City of West Hollywood that was initiated in fiscal year 2002. This matter concerned a construction project in the City of West Hollywood, California, for the improvement of Santa Monica Boulevard. The project required the reconstruction of approximately three miles of roadway. The city and the general contractor claimed that the design the Company prepared was inadequate for the volume and type of traffic on Santa Monica Boulevard. The city also claimed that the Company failed to control the costs of the project due to contractor claims for extra costs.

In the fourth quarter of 2005, following a trial in the Los Angeles County Superior Court in California, the jury rendered a verdict against the Company and awarded damages to the city in the amount of $6.3 million, including attorney’s fees, interest and costs. The Company’s insurance company posted bonds and filed an appeal with respect to this matter. During the appeal process, interest accrued on the outstanding judgment at the rate of 10% per annum.

As of December 30, 2005, management estimated that approximately $3.2 million of the damages was covered by the Company’s professional liability insurance policy. Accordingly, in fiscal year 2005, the Company expensed $2.7 million of this judgment, and recorded related interest expense of $0.4 million. During fiscal year 2006, the Company obtained a court ruling awarding the Company approximately $1.0 million on a claim for indemnity, recovering the settlement amount and interest thereon and attorneys fees and costs in connection with an unrelated claim that arose in fiscal year 2002. This ruling has been appealed by the cross-defendant and that appeal is ongoing. Because the claim arose in 2002 and the Company’s insurance carrier previously paid the settlement amount, the Company was able to replenish its insurance coverage and deductible by approximately $1.0 million for that policy year. Therefore, the Company has reflected an additional receivable of approximately $1.0 million from the insurance company in the third fiscal quarter of 2006 and a corresponding reduction in litigation accrual expense.

F-22




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

Included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 30, 2005 and December 29, 2006 related to these matters is $3.2 million and $4.3 million, respectively, of other receivables and $6.3 million and $6.9 million, respectively, of accrued liabilities which includes accrued interest.

Effective March 6, 2007, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the City of West Hollywood. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, both parties have agreed to a full mutual release of all claims related to the lawsuit, appeal and all claims related to the lawsuit and appeal, subject to dismissal of the appeal. Neither party admits any fault or liability related to the claims in the lawsuit.

Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company agreed to pay $6.2 million in cash to the city. The Company’s insurance company has already paid $3.2 million of the settlement amount and it expects to receive an additional $1.0 million from its insurance company upon the resolution of the appeal in an unrelated matter discussed above. The Company also agreed to provide an $85,000 credit to the city for future services. The future services are to be provided at the Company’s then prevailing rates and can be chosen in the city’s sole discretion from services provided by the Company to its municipal clients. The city must use the credit before December 31, 2012.

The Company will file a stipulation and request for dismissal of appeal in the action against the city. In the event that the California Court of Appeal declines to accept the stipulation and dismissal of appeal, the settlement agreement will be invalid and any payment made under the agreement will be returned to the Company.

Rescission Offer

The Company’s redeemable common stock issued during fiscal year 2005 may not have been exempt from registration or qualification under federal and state securities laws and the Company may not have obtained the required registrations or qualifications. Accordingly, the Company made rescission offers to the holders of these shares during July 2006 as permitted under California securities law. Each of the holders who purchased shares during fiscal year 2005 irrevocably rejected the Company’s rescission offer. Prior to the rescission offer, management believed there was only a remote likelihood that a rescission offer would be accepted by any of the affected stockholders and prior to issuing the fiscal year 2005 consolidated financial statements, all of the holders of these shares had rejected the rescission offer, which further substantiated management’s belief that the likelihood of rescission was remote. Further, management believes that the 2005 stock offering satisfied the Section 4(2) exemption of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on the limited nature of the offering, the level of knowledge and relationships of the purchasers and the information provided by the Company to the purchasers.

F-23




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

15.   QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The tables below reflect selected quarterly information for the fiscal years ended December 30, 2005 and December 29, 2006.

 

Fiscal Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31,
2006

 

June 30,
2006

 

September 29,
2006

 

December 29,
2006

 

 

 

 

(in thousands except per share amounts)

 

 

Contract revenues

 

$

17,821

 

$

20,272

 

 

$

20,954

 

 

 

$

19,292

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

1,013

 

1,846

 

 

2,912

(2)

 

 

1,273

 

 

Income tax provision

 

13

 

25

 

 

41

 

 

 

2,373

(3)

 

Net income (loss)

 

886

 

3,879

(1)

 

2,699

 

 

 

(1,175

)

 

Net income (loss) per share:
basic and diluted

 

$

0.19

 

$

0.82

 

 

$

0.57

 

 

 

$

(0.22

)

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding:
basic and diluted

 

4,711,000

 

4,713,000

 

 

4,713,000

 

 

 

5,464,000

 

 

Pro forma data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma provision for income taxes

 

360

 

662

 

 

1,096

 

 

 

478

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss)

 

539

 

3,242

 

 

1,644

 

 

 

720

 

 

Pro forma earnings per common share,
basic and diluted

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.69

 

 

$

0.35

 

 

 

$

0.13

 

 


(1)             Net income for the fiscal three months ended June 30, 2006 includes $2.3 million in life insurance proceeds related to the death of our co-founder and former chief executive officer in May 2006 (as more fully described in Note 13).

(2)             Income from operations for the fiscal three months ended September 29, 2006 includes a reduction in litigation accrual expense of $1.0 million related to a court ruling awarding the Company approximately $1.0 million on a claim for indemnity in connection with a claim that arose in fiscal year 2002 (as more fully described in Note 14).

(3)             The income tax provision for the fiscal three months ended December 29, 2006 includes approximately $2.0 million related to the Company’s conversion from an S Corporation to a C Corporation. Effective upon the first day of trading of the Company’s common stock as a result of its IPO, the Company’s S Corporation status was terminated and thereafter the Company is subject to federal and state income taxes as a C Corporation. Approximately $2.0 million of the income tax provision is the effect of recognizing the Company’s deferred tax liability using C Corporation federal and state tax rates instead of S Corporation state tax rates. The Company’s policy for accounting for income taxes is described in Note 2. The Company’s presentation of pro forma income tax data is described in Note 12.

F-24




WILLDAN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fiscal Years 2004, 2005 and 2006

 



 

Fiscal Three Months Ended

 

 

 

April 1,
2005

 

July 1,
2005

 

September 30,
2005

 

December 30,
2005

 

 

 

(in thousands except per share amounts)

 

Contract revenues

 

$

16,077

 

$

16,504

 

 

$

17,769

 

 

 

$

16,913

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

920

 

1,178

 

 

1,395

(4)

 

 

(4,238)

(5)

 

Income tax provision

 

8

 

10

 

 

19

 

 

 

(20

)

 

Net income (loss)

 

848

 

1,081

 

 

1,281

 

 

 

(4,591

)

 

Net income (loss) per share:
basic and diluted

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.29

 

 

$

0.34

 

 

 

$

(0.98

)

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding:
basic and diluted

 

3,759,000

 

3,757,000

 

 

3,786,000

 

 

 

4,678,000

 

 

Pro forma data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma provision for income taxes

 

343

 

436

 

 

730

 

 

 

(960

)

 

Pro forma net income (loss)

 

513

 

655

 

 

570

 

 

 

(3,651

)

 

Pro forma earnings per common share,
basic and diluted

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.17

 

 

$

0.15

 

 

 

$

(0.78

)

 


(4)      Income from operations for the fiscal three months ended September 30, 2005 includes stock-based compensation expense recorded in anticipation of the Company’s IPO of $0.5 million.

(5)      Income from operations for the fiscal three months ended December 30, 2005 includes stock-based compensation expense recorded in anticipation of the Company’s IPO of $2.2 million and $2.7 million of litigation accrual expense in connection with the Company’s litigation with the City of West Hollywood, California. The stock-based compensation expense recorded in anticipation of the Company’s IPO is described more fully in Note 2 and Note 7. The matter relating to the litigation accrual expense is described more fully in Note 14.

F-25




EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

 

 

 

Exhibit Description

  3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of Willdan Group, Inc., including amendments thereto(1)

  3.2

 

Bylaws of Willdan Group, Inc.(1)

  4.1

 

Specimen Stock Certificate for shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock(1)

10.1

 

Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based) for $8,000,000 Revolving Draw Loan, dated January 31, 2007, between Willdan Group, Inc. and Orange County Business Bank, relating to the Promissory Note in 10.2*

10.2

 

Promissory Note for $8,000,000 Revolving Draw Loan, dated January 31, 2007, by Willdan Group, Inc. in favor of Orange County Business Bank*

10.3

 

Commercial Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2007, between Willdan Group, Inc. and Orange County Business Bank, relating to the Promissory Note in 10.2*

10.4

 

Willdan Associates Incentive Bonus Plan, effective May 1, 1996(1)

10.5

 

MuniFinancial 2005 Bonus Plan(1)

10.6

 

Form of Tax Agreement Relating to S Corporation Distributions by the Registrant and its shareholders(1)

10.7

 

Willdan Group, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan(1)

10.8

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement(1)

10.9

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement(1)

10.10

 

Amended and Restated Willdan Group, Inc. 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan*

10.11

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Willdan Group, Inc. and its Directors and Officers(1)

10.12

 

Office Lease by and between Spectrum Waples Street, LLC, a California limited liability company, Spectrum Lambert Plaza, LLC, a California limited liability company and The Willdan Group of Companies dated October 15, 2004 for the principal office located at 2401 East Katella Avenue, Anaheim, California(1)

10.13

 

First Amendment to Lease by and between 2401 Katella, LLC and The Willdan Group of Companies, dated February 27, 2006 for the principal office located at 2401 Katella Avenue, Anaheim, California(1)

10.14

 

Second Amendment to Lease by and between 2401 Katella, LLC and The Willdan Group of Companies dated March 6, 2006 for the principal office located at 2401 Katella Avenue, Anaheim, California(1)

10.15

 

Employment Agreement (Re-stated) between Willdan Group, Inc. and Mallory McCamant dated August 1, 2006(1)

10.16

 

Warrant Agreement between Willdan Group, Inc. and Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.(1)

10.17

 

Indemnification Agreement between Willdan Group, Inc. and Linda Heil(1)

10.18

 

Agreement and General Release between Willdan Group, Inc. and Richard Kopecky effective February 20, 2007(2)

10.19

 

Settlement Agreement among the City of West Hollywood, Willdan and Willdan Group, Inc., effective March 6, 2007(3)




 

10.20

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Willdan Group, Inc. and Mallory McCamant dated March 23, 2007(4)

14.1

 

Code of Ethical Conduct of Willdan Group, Inc.*

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Willdan Group, Inc.(1)

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page hereto)

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to § 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to § 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

32.1

 

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*


*                    Filed herewith.

                    Indicates a management contract or compensating plan or arrangement.

(1)          Incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2006, as amended (File No. 333-136444).

(2)          Incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2007.

(3)          Incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 12, 2007.

(4)          Incorporated by reference to Willdan Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2007.



Exhibit 10.1

Orange County
BUSINESS BANK

 

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (ASSET BASED)

Principal

 

Loan Date

 

Maturity

 

Loan No

 

Call/Coll

 

Account

 

Officer

 

Initials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$8,000,000.00

 

01-31-2007

 

07-31-2007

 

10176244

 

4A/430

 

 

 

NG1

 

/s/ NJG

 

References in the shaded area are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

Borrower:

Willdan Group, Inc.

Lender:

Orange County Business Bank

 

2401 East Katella Avenue, Suite 300

 

Main Office

 

Anaheim, CA 92806

 

4675 MacArthur Court

 

 

 

Suite 100
Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (ASSET BASED) dated January 31, 2007, is made and executed between Willdan Group, Inc. (“Borrower”) and Orange County Business Bank (“Lender”) on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has received prior commercial loans from Lender or has applied to Lender for a commercial loan or loans or other financial accommodations, including those which may be described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement (“Loan”). Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) in granting, renewing, or extending any Loan, Lender is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements as set forth in this Agreement; (B) the granting, renewing, or extending of any Loan by Lender at all times shall be subject to Lender’s sole judgment and discretion; and (C) all such Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

TERM. This Agreement shall be effective as of January 31, 2007, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of Borrower’s Loans in favor of Lender have been paid in full, including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and charges, or until such time as the parties may agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

ADVANCE AUTHORITY. The following persons currently are authorized, except as provided in this paragraph, to request advances and authorize payments under the line of credit until Lender receives from Borrower, at Lender’s address shown above, written notice of revocation of their authority: Win S. Westfall; Roy L. Gill; Mallory McCamant; and Kate Mai Nguyen. In addition to requesting advances orally or in writing, advances may be requested via online banking or loan sweep.

LINE OF CREDIT. Lender agrees to make Advances to Borrower from time to time from the date of this Agreement to the Expiration Date, provided the aggregate amount of such Advances outstanding at any time does not exceed the Borrowing Base. Within the foregoing limits, Borrower may borrow, partially or wholly prepay, and reborrow under this Agreement as follows:

Conditions Precedent to Each Advance. Lender’s obligation to make any Advance to or for the account of Borrower under this Agreement is subject to the following conditions precedent, with all documents, instruments, opinions, reports, and other items required under this Agreement to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender:

(1)   Lender shall have received evidence that this Agreement and all Related Documents have been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by Borrower to Lender.

(2)   Lender shall have received such opinions of counsel, supplemental opinions, and documents as Lender may request.

(3)   The security interests in the Collateral shall have been duly authorized, created, and perfected with first lien priority and shall be in full force and effect.

(4)   All guaranties required by Lender for the credit facility(ies) shall have been executed by each Guarantor, delivered to Lender, and be in full force and effect.

(5)   Lender, at its option and for its sole benefit, shall have conducted an audit of Borrower’s Accounts, books, records, and operations, and Lender shall be satisfied as to their condition.

(6)       Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, costs, and expenses specified in this Agreement and the Related Documents as are then due and payable.

(7)   There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a condition which would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement, and Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the compliance certificate called for in the paragraph below titled “Compliance Certificate.”

Making Loan Advances. Advances under this credit facility, as well as directions for payment from Borrower’s accounts, may be requested orally or in writing by authorized persons. Lender may, but need not, require that all oral requests be confirmed in writing. Each Advance shall be conclusively deemed to have been made at the request of and for the benefit of Borrower (1) when credited to any deposit account of Borrower maintained with Lender or (2) when advanced in accordance with the instructions of an authorized person. Lender, at its option, may set a cutoff time, after which all requests for Advances will be treated as having been requested on the next succeeding Business Day.

Mandatory Loan Repayments. If at any time the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Advances shall exceed the applicable Borrowing Base, Borrower, immediately upon written or oral notice from Lender, shall pay to Lender an amount equal to the difference between the outstanding principal balance of the Advances and the Borrowing Base. On the Expiration Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender in full the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Advances then outstanding and all accrued unpaid interest, together with all other applicable fees, costs and charges, if any, not yet paid.




Loan Account. Lender shall maintain on its books a record of account in which Lender shall make entries for each Advance and such other debits and credits as shall be appropriate in connection with the credit facility. Lender shall provide Borrower with periodic statements of Borrower’s account, which statements shall be considered to be correct and conclusively binding on Borrower unless Borrower notifies Lender to the contrary within thirty (30) days after Borrower’s receipt of any such statement which Borrower deems to be incorrect.

COLLATERAL. To secure payment of the Primary Credit Facility and performance of all other Loans, obligations and duties owed by Borrower to Lender, Borrower (and others, if required) shall grant to Lender Security Interests in such property and assets as Lender may require. Lender’s Security Interests in the Collateral shall be continuing liens and shall include the proceeds and products of the Collateral, including without limitation the proceeds of any insurance. With respect to the Collateral, Borrower agrees and represents and warrants to Lender:

Perfection of Security Interests. Borrower agrees to execute all documents perfecting Lender’s Security Interest and to take whatever actions are requested by Lender to perfect and continue Lender’s Security Interests in the Collateral. Upon request of Lender, Borrower will deliver to Lender any and all of the documents evidencing or constituting the Collateral, and Borrower will note Lender’s interest upon any and all chattel paper and instruments if not delivered to Lender for possession by Lender. Contemporaneous with the execution of this Agreement, Borrower will execute one or more UCC financing statements and any similar statements as may be required by applicable law, and Lender will file such financing statements and all such similar statements in the appropriate location or locations. Borrower hereby appoints Lender as its irrevocable attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing any documents necessary to perfect or to continue any Security Interest. Lender may at any time, and without further authorization from Borrower, file a carbon, photograph, facsimile, or other reproduction of any financing statement for use as a financing statement. Borrower will reimburse Lender for all expenses for the perfection, termination, and the continuation of the perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral. Borrower promptly will notify Lender before any change in Borrower’s name including any change to the assumed business names of Borrower. Borrower also promptly will notify Lender before any change in Borrower’s Social Security Number or Employer Identification Number. Borrower further agrees to notify Lender in writing prior to any change in address or location of Borrower’s principal governance office or should Borrower merge or consolidate with any other entity.

Collateral Records. Borrower does now, and at all times hereafter shall, keep correct and accurate records of the Collateral, all of which records shall be available to Lender or Lender’s representative upon demand for inspection and copying at any reasonable time. With respect to the Accounts, Borrower agrees to keep and maintain such records as Lender may require, including without limitation information concerning Eligible Accounts and Account balances and agings. Records related to Accounts (Receivables) are or will be located at 2401 East Katella Aenue, #300, Anaheim, CA 92806. The above is an accurate and complete list of all locations at which Borrower keeps or maintains business records concerning Borrower’s collateral.

Collateral Schedules. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender schedules of Accounts and schedules of Eligible Accounts in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender. Thereafter supplemental schedules shall be delivered according to the following schedule: With respect to Eligible Accounts, schedules shall be delivered within forty five (45) of each month end.

Representations and Warranties Concerning Accounts. With respect to the Accounts, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender: (1) Each Account represented by Borrower to be an Eligible Account for purposes of this Agreement conforms to the requirements of the definition of an Eligible Account; (2) All Account information listed on schedules delivered to Lender will be true and correct, subject to immaterial variance; and (3) Lender, its assigns, or agents shall have the right at any time and at Borrower’s expense to inspect, examine, and audit Borrower’s records and to confirm with Account Debtors the accuracy of such Accounts.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE. Lender’s obligation to make the initial Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment to Lender’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.

Loan Documents. Borrower shall provide to Lender the following documents for the Loan: (1) the Note; (2) Security Agreements granting to Lender security interests in the Collateral; (3) financing statements and all other documents perfecting Lender’s Security Interests; (4) evidence of insurance as required below; (5) guaranties; (6) together with all such Related Documents as Lender may require for the Loan; all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel.

Borrower’s Authorization. Borrower shall have provided in form and substance satisfactory to Lender properly certified resolutions, duly authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. In addition, Borrower shall have provided such other resolutions, authorizations, documents and instruments as Lender or its counsel, may require.

Fees and Expenses Under This Agreement. Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, costs, and expenses specified in this Agreement and the Related Documents as are then due and payable.

Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in any document or certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement are true and correct.

No Event of Default. There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a condition which would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or under any Related Document.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of loan proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan, and at all times any Indebtedness exists:

Organization. Borrower is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware. Borrower is duly authorized to transact business in all other states in which Borrower is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which Borrower is doing business. Specifically, Borrower is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition. Borrower has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. Borrower maintains an office at 2401 East Katella Avenue, Suite 300, Anaheim, CA 92806. Unless Borrower has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which Borrower keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral. Borrower will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of Borrower’s state of organization or any change in Borrower’s name. Borrower shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to Borrower and Borrower’s business activities.

2




Assumed Business Names. Borrower has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by Borrower. Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business: None.

Authorization. Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all the Related Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower and do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of (a) Borrower’s articles of incorporation or organization, or bylaws, or (b) any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower’s properties.

Financial Information. Each of Borrower’s financial statements supplied to Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower’s financial condition as of the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

Legal Effect. This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement Borrower is required to give under this Agreement when delivered will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

Properties. Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously disclosed in Borrower’s financial statements or in writing to Lender and as accepted by Lender, and except for property tax liens for taxes not presently due and payable, Borrower owns and has good title to all of Borrower’s properties free and clear of all Security Interests, and has not executed any security documents or financing statements relating to such properties. All of Borrower’s properties are titled in Borrower’s legal name, and Borrower has not used or filed a financing statement under any other name for at least the last five (5) years.

Hazardous Substances. Except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing, Borrower represents and warrants that: (1) During the period of Borrower’s ownership of the Collateral, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the Collateral. (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been (a) any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws; (b) any use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from the Collateral by any prior owners or occupants of any of the Collateral; or (c) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters. (3) Neither Borrower nor any tenant, contractor, agent or other authorized user of any of the Collateral shall use, generate, manufacture, store, treat, dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from any of the Collateral; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation all Environmental Laws. Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine compliance of the Collateral with this section of the Agreement. Any inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at Borrower’s expense and for Lender’s purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender to Borrower or to any other person. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Borrower’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for hazardous waste and Hazardous Substances. Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer resulting from a breach of this section of the Agreement or as a consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance on the Collateral. The provisions of this section of the Agreement, including the obligation to indemnify and defend, shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the termination, expiration or satisfaction of this Agreement and shall not be affected by Lender’s acquisition of any interest in any of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

Litigation and Claims. No material litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.

Taxes. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all of Borrower’s tax returns and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have been provided.

Lien Priority. Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing, Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or permitted the filing or attachment of any Security Interests on or affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower’s Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be superior to Lender’s Security Interests and rights in and to such Collateral.

Binding Effect. This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements (if any), and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof, as well as upon their successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will:

Notices of Claims and Litigation. Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1) all material adverse changes in Borrower’s financial condition, and (2) all existing and all threatened litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

Financial Records. Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and permit Lender to examine and audit Borrower’s books and records at all reasonable times.

Financial Statements. Furnish Lender with the following:

Additional Requirements. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall submit to Lender in substance and form satisfactory to Lender:

Borrower’s annual CPA unqualified audited financial statements (including balance sheet and income statement) as soon as available and in no event later than one hundred fifty (150) days after each fiscal year end. Said financial statements shall be the consolidated statements of Willdan Group, Inc., including but not limited to all corporate Guarantors of herein described credit facility.

Borrower’s monthly company prepared financial statements (including balance sheet and income statement) as soon as available and in no event later than forty five (45) days after each month end.

3




Borrower’s annual tax returns, including all K-1 schedules and all applicable statements and schedules, no later than thirty (30) days after filing or in the case of extensions (copies also to be provided), no later than six (6) months after first filing due date. Said tax returns shall be the consolidated returns of Willdan Group, Inc., including but not limited to all corporate Guarantors of herein described credit facility.

Borrower shall submit monthly accounts receivable agings, accounts payable agings and work in process reports within forty five (45) days of each month end until such time that credit facility exceeds six million dollars ($6,000,000.00) and follows the formula based reporting covenants.

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS:

Borrower agrees to maintain its principal depository relationship with Lender.

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

Additional Information. Furnish such additional information and statements, as Lender may request from time to time.

Financial Covenants and Ratios. Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

Other Requirements.

Minimum Tangible Net Worth Maintain a minimum tangible net worth of $16,000,000.00. “Tangible Net Worth” is the amount that total assets exceed total liabilities. For determining tangible net worth, total assets will exclude all intangible assets, including without limitation goodwill, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and franchises and will also exclude all Accounts Receivable owed by my Insiders, that do not provide for a repayment schedule.

Current Ratio. Maintain a Current Ratio in excess of 1:10 to 1.00. The term “Current Ratio” means Borrower’s total Current Assets divided by Borrower’s total Current Liabilities. This liquidity ratio will be evaluated at each quarter end.

Debt Service Coverage Ratio. Maintain a ratio of Debt Service Coverage in excess of 1:50 to 1:00. The term “Debt Service Coverage” means Borrower’s Net Profits plus Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization divided by Borrower’s Current Portion of Long Term Indebtedness. This coverage ratio will be evaluated at each year end.

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

Insurance. Maintain fire and other risk insurance, public liability insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to Borrower’s properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with insurance companies acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender. Borrower stipulates that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Borrower or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will provide Lender with such lender’s loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require.

Insurance Reports. Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may reasonably request, including without limitation the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the properties insured; (5) the then current property values on the basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, upon request of Lender (however not more often than annually), Borrower will have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the actual cash value or replacement cost of any Collateral. The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

Guaranties, Prior to disbursement of any Loan proceeds, furnish executed guaranties of the Loans in favor of Lender, executed by the guarantors named below, on Lender’s forms, and in the amounts and under the conditions set forth in those guaranties.

Names of Guarantors

 

Amounts

Willdan

 

Unlimited

Arroyo Geotechnical

 

Unlimited

MuniFinancial

 

Unlimited

American Homeland Solutions

 

Unlimited

 

Other Agreements. Comply with all terms and conditions of all other agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and any other party and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any other such agreements.

Loan Proceeds. Use all Loan proceeds solely for Borrower’s business operations, unless specifically consented to the contrary by Lender in writing.

Taxes, Charges and Liens. Pay and discharge when due all of its indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments, taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of every kind and nature, imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income, or profits, prior to the date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any of Borrower’s properties, income, or profits.

Performance. Perform and comply, in a timely manner, with all terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in all other instruments and agreements between Borrower and Lender. Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any agreement.

Operations. Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially the same qualifications and experience as the present executive and management personnel; provide written notice to Lender of any material change in executive and management personnel; conduct its business affairs in a reasonable and prudent manner.

4




Environmental Studies. Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower’s expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance, or any waste or by-product of any substance defined as toxic or a hazardous substance under applicable federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, at or affecting any property or any facility owned, leased or used by Borrower.

Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, of all governmental authorities applicable to the conduct of Borrower’s properties, businesses and operations, and to the use or occupancy of the Collateral, including without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act. Borrower may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance, or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Borrower has notified Lender in writing prior to doing so and so long as, in Lender’s sole opinion, Lender’s interests in the Collateral are not jeopardized. Lender may require Borrower to post adequate security or a surety bond, reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to protect Lender’s interest.

Inspection. Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and Borrower’s other properties and to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts, and records and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower’s books, accounts, and records. If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records (including without limitation computer generated records and computer software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to permit Lender free access to such records at all reasonable times and to provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower’s expense.

Environmental Compliance and Reports. Borrower shall comply in all respects with any and all Environmental Laws; not cause or permit to exist, as a result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part or on the part of any third party, on property owned and/or occupied by Borrower, any environmental activity where damage may result to the environment, unless such environmental activity is pursuant to and in compliance with the conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authorities; shall furnish to Lender promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof a copy of any notice, summons, lien, citation, directive, letter or other communication from any governmental agency or instrumentality concerning any intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part in connection with any environmental activity whether or not there is damage to the environment and/or other natural resources.

Additional Assurances. Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, assignments, financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to perfect all Security Interests.

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Borrower’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Borrower is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Borrower’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on any Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving any Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Borrower. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender:

Indebtedness and Liens. (1) Except for trade debt incurred in the normal course of business and indebtedness to Lender contemplated by this Agreement, create, incur or assume indebtedness for borrowed money, including capital leases, (2) sell, transfer, mortgage, assign, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of Borrower’s assets (except as allowed as Permitted Liens), or (3) sell with recourse any of Borrower’s accounts, except to Lender.

Additional Financial Restrictions. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Lender:

Acquisitions of other companies are not permitted.

Continuity of Operations. (1) Engage in any business activities substantially different than those in which Borrower is presently engaged, (2) cease operations, liquidate, merge, transfer, acquire or consolidate with any other entity, change its name, dissolve or transfer or sell Collateral out of the ordinary course of business, or (3) pay any dividends on Borrower’s stock (other than dividends payable in its stock), provided, however that notwithstanding the foregoing, but only so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the payment of dividends, if Borrower is a “Subchapter S Corporation” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Borrower may pay cash dividends on its stock to its shareholders from time to time in amounts necessary to enable the shareholders to pay income taxes and make estimated income tax payments to satisfy their liabilities under federal and state law which arise solely from their status as Shareholders of a Subchapter S Corporation because of their ownership of shares of Borrower’s stock, or purchase or retire any of Borrower’s outstanding shares or alter or amend Borrower’s capital structure.

Loans, Acquisitions and Guaranties. (1) Loan, invest in or advance money or assets to any other person, enterprise or entity, (2) purchase, create or acquire any interest in any other enterprise or entity, or (3) incur any obligation as surety or guarantor other than in the ordinary course of business.

Agreements. Borrower will not enter into any agreement containing any provisions which would be violated or breached by the performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or in connection herewith.

CESSATION OF ADVANCES, if Lender has made any commitment to make any Loan to Borrower, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement, Lender shall have no obligation to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan proceeds if; (A) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or any other agreement that Borrower or any Guarantor has with Lender; (B) Borrower or any Guarantor dies, becomes incompetent or becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or is adjudged a bankrupt; (C) there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition, in the financial condition of any Guarantor, or in the value of any Collateral securing any Loan; or (D) any Guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such Guarantor’s guaranty of the Loan or any other loan with Lender.

5




DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under the Loan within ten (10) days of due date.

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other material term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower within twenty (20) days of notice from Lender.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made.

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Defective Collateralization. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness. In the event of a death, Lender, at its option, may, but shall not be required to, permit the Guarantor’s estate to assume unconditionally the obligations arising under the guaranty in a manner satisfactory to Lender, and, in doing so, cure any Event of Default.

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, which causes Lender to believe the prospect of payment or performance of the Loan is impaired.

Right to Cure. If any default, other than a default on Indebtedness, is curable and if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, has not been given a notice of a similar default within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, after receiving written notice from Lender demanding cure of such default: (1) cure the default within twenty (20) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than twenty (20) days, immediately initiate steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continue and complete all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT. If any Event of Default shall occur, except where otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents, all commitments and obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents or any other agreement immediately will terminate (including any obligation to make further Loan Advances or disbursements), and, at Lender’s option, all Indebtedness immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any kind to Borrower, except that in the case of an Event of Default of the type described in the “Insolvency” subsection above, such acceleration shall be automatic and not optional. In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies provided in the Related Documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Borrower or of any Grantor shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.

ADDITIONAL PROVISION.

Two million dollars ($2,000,000.00) of the revolving line of credit can be converted to two term loans and is subject to the following provisions.

A maximum one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) for expenses incurred to start up a new division and or business unit of Borrower can be converted to a multiple advance loan for up to two (2) years. At the end of the multiple advance period, the total amount advanced up to one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) will be converted to a fully amortized term loan for a period of up to three (3) years.

A maximum one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) for the acquisition of other companies can be converted to a fully amortized term loan for a period of up to three years.

Once the conversion of both term loans has been executed, the amount available for borrowing hereunder shall be permanently reduced by the total of such amount.

Once a formula base credit line is in effect, Borrower shall deliver to Lender as of the end of each month a Borrowing Base Certificate, calculation of Ineligible Accounts, detailed Accounts Receivable Aging and Accounts Payable Aging and Work in Process Report within forty five( 45) days of each month end.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s reasonable costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Borrower shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

6




Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

Consent to Loan Participation. Borrower agrees and consents to Lender’s sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation interests in the Loan to one or more purchasers, whether related or unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever, to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers, any information or knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other matter relating to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy Borrower may have with respect to such matters. Borrower additionally waives any and all notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all notices of any repurchase of such participation interests. Borrower also agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale of such participation interests. Borrower further waives all rights of offset or counterclaim that it may have now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or such purchaser may enforce Borrower’s obligation under the Loan irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest in the Loan. Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any personal claims or defenses that Borrower may have against Lender.

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Orange County, State of California.

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Borrower agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Borrower’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Borrower, any notice given by Lender to any Borrower is deemed to be notice given to all Borrowers.

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

Subsidiaries and Affiliates of Borrower. To the extent the context of any provisions of this Agreement makes it appropriate, including without limitation any representation, warranty or covenant, the word “Borrower” as used in this Agreement shall include all of Borrower’s subsidiaries and affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing however, under no circumstances shall this Agreement be construed to require Lender to make any Loan or other financial accommodation to any of Borrower’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Related Documents shall bind Borrower’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns. Borrower shall not, however, have the right to assign Borrower’s rights under this Agreement or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender.

Survival of Representations and Warranties. Borrower understands and agrees that in extending Loan Advances, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the extension of Loan Advances and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, shall be deemed made and redated by Borrower at the time each Loan Advance is made, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrower’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. Accounting words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement:

Account. The word “Account” means a trade account, account receivable, other receivable, or other right to payment for goods sold or services rendered owing to Borrower (or to a third party grantor acceptable to Lender).

Account Debtor. The words “Account Debtor” mean the person or entity obligated upon an Account.

Advance. The word “Advance” means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to be made, to Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

7




Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based), as this Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based) may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based) from time to time.

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means Willdan Group, Inc. and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

Borrowing Base. The words “Borrowing Base” mean that subject to the terms and conditions hereof, herein described credit facility will convert to a formula based revolving line of credit when line of credit usage exceeds six million dollars ($6,000,000.00). All advances under the formula based line of credit provision shall be limited to eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Receivables and twenty-five percent (25%) of unbilled work in process up to sixty (60) days old or eight million dollars, ($8,000,000.00) whichever is lower.

Business Day. The words “Business Day” mean a day on which commercial banks are open in the State of California.

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all property and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security interest, mortgage, collateral mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise. The word Collateral also includes without limitation all collateral described in the Collateral section of this Agreement. Collateral shall not include leased or rented property.

Eligible Accounts. The words “Eligible Accounts” mean at any time, all of Borrower’s Accounts which contain selling terms and conditions acceptable to Lender. The net amount of any Eligible Account against which Borrower may borrow shall exclude all returns, discounts, credits, and offsets of any nature. Unless otherwise agreed to by Lender in writing, Eligible Accounts do not include:

(1)   Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is employee or agent of Borrower.

(2)   Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is a subsidiary of, or affiliated with Borrower or its shareholders, officers, or directors.

(3)   Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor may be conditional.

(4)   Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is not a resident of the United States, except to the extent such Accounts are supported by insurance, bonds or other assurances satisfactory to Lender.

(5)   Accounts with respect to which Borrower is or may become liable to the Account Debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the Account Debtor to Borrower.

(6)   Accounts which are subject to dispute, counterclaim, or setoff.

(7)   Accounts with respect to which the goods have not been shipped or delivered, or the services have not been rendered, to the Account Debtor.

(8)   Accounts with respect to which Lender, in its sole discretion, deems the creditworthiness or financial condition of the Account Debtor to be unsatisfactory.

(9)   Accounts of any Account Debtor who has filed or has had filed against it a petition in bankruptcy or an application for relief under any provision of any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, or debtor-in-relief acts; or who has had appointed a trustee, custodian, or receiver for the assets of such Account Debtor; or who has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or has become insolvent or fails generally to pay its debts (including its payrolls) as such debts become due.

(10) Accounts which have not been paid in full within one hundred twenty one (121) days from the invoice date. The entire balance of any Account of any single Account Debtor will be ineligible whenever the portion of the Account which has not been paid within one hundred twenty one (121) days from the invoice date is in excess of 20.000% of the total amount outstanding on the Account.

(11) That portion of the Accounts of any single Account Debtor which exceeds 20.000% of all of Borrower’s Accounts.

(12) Contra Accounts.

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

Expiration Date. The words “Expiration Date” mean the date of termination of Lender’s commitment to lend under this Agreement.

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means each and all of the persons or entities granting a Security Interest in any Collateral for the Loan, including without limitation all Borrowers granting such a Security Interest.

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Loan.

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

8




Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

Lender. The word “Lender” means Orange County Business Bank, its successors and assigns.

Loan. The word “Loan” means any and all loans and financial accommodations from Lender to Borrower whether now or hereafter existing, and however evidenced, including without limitation those loans and financial accommodations described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement from time to time.

Note. The word “Note” means and includes without limitation all of Borrower’s promissory notes and/or credit agreements evidencing Borrower’s loan obligations in favor of Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancing of, consolidations of and substitutions for promissory notes or credit agreements.

Permitted Liens. The words “Permitted Liens” mean (1) liens and security interests securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender; (2) liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges either not yet due or being contested in good faith; (3) liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, or carriers, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (4) purchase money liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any property acquired or held by Borrower in the ordinary course of business to secure indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement or permitted to be incurred under the paragraph of this Agreement titled “Indebtedness and Liens”; (5) liens and security interests which, as of the date of this Agreement, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in writing; and (6) those liens and security interests which in the aggregate constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to the net value of Borrower’s assets.

Primary Credit Facility. The words “Primary Credit Facility” mean the credit facility described in the Line of Credit section of this Agreement.

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan.

Security Agreement. The words “Security Agreement” mean and include without limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing, or creating a Security Interest.

Security Interest. The words “Security Interest” mean, without limitation, any and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (ASSET BASED) AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (ASSET BASED) IS DATED JANUARY 31, 2007.

BORROWER:

 

 

WILLDAN GROUP INC.

By :

/s/ Win S. Westfall

 

 

Win S. Westfall, President/CEO of Willdan

 

Group, Inc.

 

LENDER:

 

 

ORANGE COUNTY BUSINESS

By :

 /s/ Nic Goeres

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

9



Exhibit 10.2

Orange County
BUSINESS BANK

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

Principal

 

Loan Date

 

Maturity

 

Loan No

 

Call/Coll

 

Account

 

Officer

 

Initials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$8,000,000.00

 

01-31-2007

 

07-31-2007

 

10176244

 

4A/430

 

 

 

NG1

 

/s/ NJG

 

References in the shaded area are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

Borrower:

 

Willdan Group, Inc.

 

Lender:

 

Orange County Business Bank

 

 

 

2401 East Katella Avenue, Suite 300

 

 

 

Main Office

 

 

Anaheim, CA 92806

 

 

 

4675 MacArthur Court

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suite 100

 

 

 

 

 

 

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

Principal Amount: $8,000,000.00

Initial Rate: 8.500%

Date of Note: January 31, 2007

 

PROMISE TO PAY. Willdan Group, Inc. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to Orange County Business Bank (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Eight Million & 00/100 Dollars ($8,000,000.00) or so much as may be outstanding, together with interest on the unpaid outstanding principal balance of each advance. Interest shall be calculated from the date of each advance until repayment of each advance.

PAYMENT. Borrower will pay this loan in full immediately upon Lender’s demand. If no demand is made, Borrower will pay this loan in one payment of all outstanding principal plus all accrued unpaid interest on July 31, 2007. In addition, Borrower will pay regular monthly payments of all accrued unpaid interest due as of each payment date, beginning February 28, 2007, with all subsequent interest payments to be due on the last day of each month after that. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest; then to principal; and then to any late charges. The annual interest rate for this Note is computed on a 365/360 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the annual interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing.

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE. The interest rate on this Note is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate as quoted in the Western Edition of the Wall Street Journal (the “Index”). The Index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans. If the Index becomes unavailable during the term of this loan, Lender may designate a substitute index after notifying Borrower. Lender will tell Borrower the current Index rate upon Borrower’s request. The interest rate change will not occur more often than each day. Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well. The Index currently is 8.250%. The interest rate to be applied to the unpaid principal balance during this Note will be at a rate of 0.250 percentage points over the Index, resulting in an initial rate of 8.500%. NOTICE: Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this Note be more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

PREPAYMENT; MINIMUM INTEREST CHARGE. Borrower agrees that all loan fees and other prepaid finance charges are earned fully as of the date of the loan and will not be subject to refund upon early payment (whether voluntary or as a result of default), except as otherwise required by law. In any event, even upon full prepayment of this Note, Borrower understands that Lender is entitled to a minimum interest charge of $100.00. Other than Borrower’s obligation to pay any minimum interest charge, Borrower may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments of accrued unpaid interest. Rather, early payments will reduce the principal balance due. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked “paid in full”, “without recourse”, or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender’s rights under this Note, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. All written communications concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes “payment in full” of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to: Orange County Business Bank, 4675 MacArthur Court Newport Beach, CA 92660.

LATE CHARGE. If a payment is 10 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the regularly scheduled payment or $5.00, whichever is greater.

INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT. Upon default, the interest rate on this Note shall, if permitted under applicable law, immediately increase by adding a 6.000 percentage point margin (“Default Rate Margin”). The Default Rate Margin shall also apply to each succeeding interest rate change that would have applied had there been no default.

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”) under this Note:

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under this Note within ten (10) days of due date.

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other material term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Note or in any of the related documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower within twenty (20) days of notice from Lender.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Note or the related documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished.




 

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any guaranty of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note. In the event of a death, Lender, at its option, may, but shall not be required to, permit the Guarantor’s estate to assume unconditionally the obligations arising under the guaranty in a manner satisfactory to Lender, and, in doing so, cure any Event of Default.

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, which causes Lender to believe the prospect of payment or performance of this Note is impaired.

Cure Provisions. If any default, other than a default in payment is curable and if Borrower has not been given a notice of a breach of the same provision of this Note within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured if Borrower, after receiving written notice from Lender demanding cure of such default: (1) cures the default within twenty (20) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than twenty (20) days, immediately initiates steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continues and completes all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

LENDER’S RIGHTS. Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance under this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately. due, and then Borrower will pay that amount.

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay reasonable attorney fees. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees, expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

GOVERNING LAW. This Note will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Note has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Orange County, State of California.

DISHONORED ITEM FEE. Borrower will pay a fee to Lender of $45.00 if Borrower makes a payment on Borrower’s loan and the check or preauthorized charge with which Borrower pays is later dishonored.

COLLATERAL. Borrower acknowledges this Note is secured by the following collateral described in the security instrument listed herein: inventory, chattel paper, accounts, equipment and general intangibles described in a Commercial Security Agreement dated January 31, 2007.

LINE OF CREDIT. This Note evidences a revolving line of credit. Advances under this Note, as well as directions for payment from Borrower’s accounts, may be requested orally or in writing by Borrower or as provided in this paragraph. Lender may, but need not, require that all oral requests be confirmed in writing. The following persons currently are authorized, except as provided in this paragraph, to request advances and authorize payments under the line of credit until Lender receives from Borrower, at Lender’s address shown above, written notice of revocation of their authority: Win S. Westfall; Roy L. Gill; Mallory McCamant; and Kate Mai Nguyen. In addition to requesting advances orally or in writing, advances may be requested via online banking or loan sweep. Borrower agrees to be liable for all sums either: (A) advanced in accordance with the instructions of an authorized person or (B) credited to any of Borrower’s accounts with Lender. The unpaid principal balance owing on this Note at any time may be evidenced by endorsements on this Note or by Lender’s internal records, including daily computer print-outs. Lender will have no obligation to advance funds under this Note if: (A) Borrower or any guarantor is in default under the terms of this Note or any agreement that Borrower or any guarantor has with Lender, including any agreement made in connection with the signing of this Note; (B) Borrower or any guarantor ceases doing business or is insolvent; (C) any guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such guarantor’s guarantee of this Note or any other loan with Lender; or (D) Borrower has applied funds provided pursuant to this Note for purposes other than those authorized by Lender.

ADDITIONAL PROVISION.

Two million dollars ($2,000,000.00) of the revolving line of credit can be converted to two term loans and is subject to the following provisions.

A maximum one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) for expenses incurred to start up a new division and or business unit of Borrower can be converted to a multiple advance loan for up to two (2) years. At the end of the multiple advance period, the total amount advanced up to one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) will be converted to a fully amortized term loan for a period of up to three (3) years.

A maximum one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) for the acquisition of other companies can be converted to a fully amortized term loan for a period of up to three years.

Once the conversion of both term loans has been executed, the amount available for borrowing hereunder shall be permanently reduced by the total of such amount.

Once a formula base credit line is in effect, Borrower shall deliver to Lender as of the end of each month a Borrowing Base Certificate, calculation of Ineligible Accounts, detailed Accounts Receivable Aging and Accounts Payable Aging and Work in Process Report within forty five (45) days of each month end.

2




SUCCESSOR INTERESTS. The terms of this Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and upon Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

NOTIFY US OF INACCURATE INFORMATION WE REPORT TO CONSUMER REPORTING AGENCIES. Please notify us if we report any inaccurate information about your account(s) to a consumer reporting agency. Your written notice describing the specific inaccuracy(ies) should be sent to us at the following address: Orange County Business Bank 4675 MacArthur Court, Suite 100 Newport Beach, CA 92660.

GENERAL PROVISIONS. This Note is payable on demand. The inclusion of specific default provisions or rights of Lender shall not preclude Lender’s right to declare payment of this Note on its demand. If any part of this Note cannot be enforced, this fact will not affect the rest of the Note. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive any applicable statute of limitations, presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender’s security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made. The obligations under this Note are joint and several.

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE, INCLUDING THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE PROVISIONS. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE NOTE.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED COPY OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.

BORROWER:

WILLDAN GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Win S. Westfall

 

 

 

 

 

Win S. Westfall, President/CEO of Willdan

 

 

 

Group, Inc.

 

 

 

3



Exhibit 10.3

Orange County
BUSINESS BANK

 

COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

Principal

 

Loan Date

 

Maturity

 

Loan No

 

Call/Coll

 

Account

 

Officer

 

Initials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$8,000,000.00

 

01-31-2007

 

07-31-2007

 

10176244

 

4A/430

 

 

 

NG1

 

/s/ NJG

 

References in the shaded area are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

Grantor:

Willdan Group, Inc.

Lender:

Orange County Business Bank

 

2401 East Katella Avenue, Suite 300

 

Main Office

 

Anaheim, CA 92806

 

4675 MacArthur Court

 

 

 

Suite 100
Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

THIS COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT dated January 31, 2007, is made and executed between Willdan Group, Inc. (“Grantor”) and Orange County Business Bank (“Lender”).

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST. For valuable consideration, Grantor grants to Lender a security interest in the Collateral to secure the Indebtedness and agrees that Lender shall have the rights stated in this Agreement with respect to the Collateral, in addition to all other rights which Lender may have by law.

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION. The word “Collateral” as used in this Agreement means the following described property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and wherever located, in which Grantor is giving to Lender a security interest for the payment of the Indebtedness and performance of all other obligations under the Note and this Agreement:

All inventory, equipment, accounts (including but not limited to all health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper, instruments (including but not limited to all promissory notes), letter-of-credit rights, letters of credit, documents, deposit accounts, investment property, money, other rights to payment and performance, and general intangibles (including but not limited to all software and all payment intangibles); all insurance refunds relating to the foregoing property; all good will relating to the foregoing property; all records and data and embedded software relating to the foregoing property, and all equipment, inventory and software to utilize, create, maintain and process any such records and data on electronic media; and all supporting obligations relating to the foregoing property; all whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or whether now or hereafter subject to any rights in the foregoing property; and all products and proceeds (including but not limited to all insurance payments) of or relating to the foregoing property.

In addition, the word “Collateral” also includes all the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and wherever located:

(A)  All accessions, attachments, accessories, tools, parts, supplies, replacements of and additions to any of the collateral described herein, whether added now or later.

(B)   All products and produce of any of the property described in this Collateral section.

(C)   All accounts, general intangibles, instruments, rents, monies, payments, and all other rights, arising out of a sale, lease, consignment or other disposition of any of the property described in this Collateral section.

(D)  All proceeds (including insurance proceeds) from the sale, destruction, loss, or other disposition of any of the property described in this Collateral section, and sums due from a third party who has damaged or destroyed the Collateral or from that party’s insurer, whether due to judgment, settlement or other process.

(E)   All records and data relating to any of the property described in this Collateral section, whether in the form of a writing, photograph, microfilm, microfiche, or electronic media, together with all of Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to all computer software required to utilize, create, maintain, and process any such records or data on electronic media.

GRANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE COLLATERAL. With respect to the Collateral, Grantor represents and promises to Lender that:

Perfection of Security Interest. Grantor agrees to take whatever actions are requested by Lender to perfect and continue Lender’s security interest in the Collateral. Upon request of Lender, Grantor will deliver to Lender any and all of the documents evidencing or constituting the Collateral, and Grantor will note Lender’s interest upon any and all chattel paper and instruments if not delivered to Lender for possession by Lender. This is a continuing Security Agreement and will continue in effect even though all or any part of the Indebtedness is paid in full and even though for a period of time Grantor may not be indebted to Lender. Collateral does not include leased or rented property.

Notices to Lender. Grantor will promptly notify Lender in writing at Lender’s address shown above (or such other addresses as Lender may designate from time to time) prior to any (1) change in Grantor’s name; (2) change in Grantor’s assumed business name(s); (3) material change in the management of the Corporation Grantor; (4) change in the authorized signer(s); (5) change in Grantor’s principal office address; (6) change in




Grantor’s state of organization; (7) conversion of Grantor to a new or different type of business entity; or (8) change in any other aspect of Grantor that directly or indirectly relates to any agreements between Grantor and Lender. No change in Grantor’s name or state of organization will take effect until after Lender has received notice.

No Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not violate any law or agreement governing Grantor or to which Grantor is a party, and its certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws do not prohibit any term or condition of this Agreement.

Enforceability of Collateral. To the extent the Collateral consists of accounts, chattel paper, or general intangibles, as defined by the Uniform Commercial Code, the Collateral is enforceable in accordance with its terms, is genuine, and fully complies with all applicable laws and regulations concerning form, content and manner of preparation and execution, and all persons appearing to be obligated on the Collateral have authority and capacity to contract and are in fact obligated as they appear to be on the Collateral. At the time any account becomes subject to a security interest in favor of Lender, the account shall be a good and valid account representing an undisputed, bona fide indebtedness incurred by the account debtor, for merchandise held subject to delivery instructions or previously shipped or delivered pursuant to a contract of sale, or for services previously performed by Grantor with or for the account debtor. So long as this Agreement remains in effect, Grantor shall not, without Lender’s prior written consent, compromise, settle, adjust, or extend payment under or with regard to any such Accounts. There shall be no setoffs or counterclaims against any of the Collateral, and no agreement shall have been made under which any deductions or discounts may be claimed concerning the Collateral except those disclosed to Lender in writing.

Location of the Collateral. Except in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, Grantor agrees to keep the Collateral (or to the extent the Collateral consists of intangible property such as accounts or general intangibles, the records concerning the Collateral) at Grantor’s address shown above or at such other locations as are acceptable to Lender. Upon Lender’s request, Grantor will deliver to Lender in form satisfactory to Lender a schedule of real properties and Collateral locations relating to Grantor’s operations, including without limitation the following: (1) all real property Grantor owns or is purchasing; (2) all real property Grantor is renting or leasing; (3) all storage facilities Grantor owns, rents, leases, or uses; and (4) all other properties where Collateral is or may be located.

Transactions Involving Collateral. Except for inventory sold or accounts collected in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, or as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, Grantor shall not sell, offer to sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Collateral. While Grantor is not in default under this Agreement, Grantor may sell inventory, but only in the ordinary course of its business and only to buyers who qualify as a buyer in the ordinary course of business. A sale in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business does not include a transfer in partial or total satisfaction of a debt or any bulk sale. Grantor shall not pledge, mortgage, encumber or otherwise permit the Collateral to be subject to any lien, security interest, encumbrance, or charge, other than the security interest provided for in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Lender. This includes security interests even if junior in right to the security interests granted under this Agreement. Unless waived by Lender, all proceeds from any disposition of the Collateral (for whatever reason) shall be held in trust for Lender and shall not be commingled with any other funds; provided however, this requirement shall not constitute consent by Lender to any sale or other disposition. Upon receipt, Grantor shall immediately deliver any such proceeds to Lender. Grantor may sell old office equipment, furniture and furnishings in accordance with normal replacement policies and practices.

Title. Grantor represents and warrants to Lender that Grantor holds good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except for the lien of this Agreement. No financing statement covering any of the Collateral is on file in any public office other than those which reflect the security interest created by this Agreement or to which Lender has specifically consented. Grantor shall defend Lender’s rights in the Collateral against the claims and demands of all other persons.

Repairs and Maintenance. Grantor agrees to keep and maintain, and to cause others to keep and maintain, the Collateral in good order, repair and condition at all times while this Agreement remains in effect. Grantor further agrees to pay when due all claims for work done on, or services rendered or material furnished in connection with the Collateral so that no lien or encumbrance may ever attach to or be filed against the Collateral.

Inspection of Collateral. Lender and Lender’s designated representatives and agents shall have the right at all reasonable times to examine and inspect the Collateral wherever located.

Taxes, Assessments and Liens. Grantor will pay when due all taxes, assessments and liens upon the Collateral, its use or operation, upon this Agreement, upon any promissory note or notes evidencing the Indebtedness, or upon any of the other Related Documents. Grantor may withhold any such payment or may elect to contest any lien if Grantor is in good faith conducting an appropriate proceeding to contest the obligation to pay and so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral is not jeopardized in Lender’s sole opinion. If the Collateral is subjected to a lien which is not discharged within fifteen (15) days, Grantor shall deposit with Lender cash, a sufficient corporate surety bond or other security satisfactory to Lender in an amount adequate to provide for the discharge of the lien plus any interest, costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees or other charges that could accrue as a result of foreclosure or sale of the Collateral. In any contest Grantor shall defend itself and Lender and shall satisfy any final adverse judgment before enforcement against the Collateral. Grantor shall name Lender as an additional obligee under any surety bond furnished in the contest proceedings. Grantor further agrees to furnish Lender with evidence that such taxes, assessments, and governmental and other charges have been paid in full and in a timely manner. Grantor may withhold any such payment or may elect to contest any lien if Grantor is in good faith conducting an appropriate proceeding to contest the obligation to pay and so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral is not jeopardized.

Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Grantor shall comply promptly with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of all governmental authorities, now or hereafter in effect, applicable to the ownership, production, disposition, or use of the Collateral, including all laws or regulations relating to the undue erosion of highly-erodible land or relating to the conversion of wetlands for the production of an agricultural product or commodity. Grantor may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral, in Lender’s opinion, is not jeopardized.

Hazardous Substances. Grantor represents and warrants that the Collateral never has been, and never will be so long as this Agreement remains a lien on the Collateral, used in violation of any Environmental Laws or for the generation, manufacture, storage, transportation, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Grantor’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for Hazardous Substances. Grantor hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Grantor becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any Environmental Laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims and losses resulting from a breach of this provision of this Agreement. This obligation to indemnify and defend shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the satisfaction of this Agreement.

2




Maintenance of Casualty Insurance. Grantor shall procure and maintain all risks insurance, including without limitation fire, theft and liability coverage together with such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to the Collateral, in form, amounts, coverages and basis reasonably acceptable to Lender and issued by a company or companies reasonably acceptable to Lender. Grantor, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender. Grantor stipulates that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Lender and not including any disclaimer of the insurer’s liability for failure to give such a notice. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Grantor or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest, Grantor will provide Lender with such loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require. If Grantor at any time fails to obtain or maintain any insurance as required under this Agreement, Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) obtain such insurance as Lender deems appropriate, including if Lender so chooses “single interest insurance,” which will cover only Lender’s interest in the Collateral.

Application of Insurance Proceeds. Grantor shall promptly notify Lender of any material loss or damage to the Collateral, whether or not such casualty or loss is covered by insurance. Lender may make proof of loss if Grantor fails to do so within fifteen (15) days of the casualty. All proceeds of any insurance on the Collateral, including accrued proceeds thereon, shall be held by Lender as part of the Collateral. If Lender consents to repair or replacement of the damaged or destroyed Collateral, Lender shall, upon satisfactory proof of expenditure, pay or reimburse Grantor from the proceeds for the reasonable cost of repair or restoration. If Lender does not consent to repair or replacement of the Collateral, Lender shall retain a sufficient amount of the proceeds to pay all of the Indebtedness, and shall pay the balance to Grantor. Any proceeds which have not been disbursed within six (6) months after their receipt and which Grantor has not committed to the repair or restoration of the Collateral shall be used to prepay the Indebtedness.

Insurance Reports. Grantor, upon request of Lender, shall furnish to Lender reports on each existing policy of insurance showing such information as Lender may reasonably request including the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the property insured; (5) the then current value on the basis of which insurance has been obtained and the manner of determining that value; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, Grantor shall upon request by Lender (however not more often than annually) have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the cash value or replacement cost of the Collateral.

Financing Statements. Grantor authorizes Lender to file a UCC financing statement, or alternatively, a copy of this Agreement to perfect Lender’s security interest. At Lender’s request, Grantor additionally agrees to sign all other documents that are necessary to perfect, protect, and continue Lender’s security interest in the Property. Grantor will pay all filing fees, title transfer fees, and other fees and costs involved unless prohibited by law or unless Lender is required by law to pay such fees and costs. Grantor irrevocably appoints Lender to execute documents necessary to transfer title if there is a default. Lender may file a copy of this Agreement as a financing statement. If Grantor changes Grantor’s name or address, or the name or address of any person granting a security interest under this Agreement changes, Grantor will promptly notify the Lender of such change.

GRANTOR’S RIGHT TO POSSESSION AND TO COLLECT ACCOUNTS. Until default and except as otherwise provided below with respect to accounts, Grantor may have possession of the tangible personal property and beneficial use of all the Collateral and may use it in any lawful manner not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Related Documents, provided that Grantor’s right to possession and beneficial use shall not apply to any Collateral where possession of the Collateral by Lender is required by law to perfect Lender’s security interest in such Collateral. Until otherwise notified by Lender, Grantor may collect any of the Collateral consisting of accounts. If Lender at any time has possession of any Collateral, whether before or after an Event of Default, Lender shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral if Lender takes such action for that purpose as Grantor shall request or as Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, shall deem appropriate under the circumstances, but failure to honor any request by Grantor shall not of itself be deemed to be a failure to exercise reasonable care. Lender shall not be required to take any steps necessary to preserve any rights in the Collateral against prior parties, nor to protect, preserve or maintain any security interest given to secure the Indebtedness.

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Grantor fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Grantor’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Grantor is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Grantor’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on the Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving the Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Grantor. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity. The Agreement also will secure payment of these amounts. Such right shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies to which Lender may be entitled upon Default.

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

Payment Default. Grantor fails to make any payment when due under the Indebtedness within ten (10) days of due date.

Other Defaults. Grantor fails to comply with or to perform any other material term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Grantor within twenty (20) days of notice from Lender.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Grantor or on Grantor’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made.

Defective Collateralization. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security Interest or lien) at any time and for any reason. If such event occurs, Borrower and Lender will in a timely manner cure such defect.

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Grantor’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Grantor, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Grantor’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Grantor.

3




Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Grantor or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Indebtedness. This includes a garnishment of any of Grantor’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Grantor as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Grantor gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Grantor’s financial condition, which causes Lender to believe the prospect of payment or performance of the Indebtedness is impaired.

Cure Provisions. If any default, other than a default in payment is curable and if Grantor has not been given a notice of a breach of the same provision of this Agreement within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured if Grantor, after receiving written notice from Lender demanding cure of such default: (1) cures the default within twenty (20) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than twenty (20) days, immediately initiates steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continues and completes all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT. If an Event of Default occurs under this Agreement, at any time thereafter, Lender shall have all the rights of a secured party under the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code. In addition and without limitation, Lender may exercise any one or more of the following rights and remedies:

Accelerate Indebtedness. Lender may declare the entire Indebtedness, including any prepayment penalty which Grantor would be required to pay, immediately due and payable, without notice of any kind to Grantor.

Assemble Collateral. Lender may require Grantor to deliver to Lender all or any portion of the Collateral and any and all certificates of title and other documents relating to the Collateral. Lender may require Grantor to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at a place to be designated by Lender. Lender also shall have full power to enter upon the property of Grantor to take possession of and remove the Collateral. If the Collateral contains other goods not covered by this Agreement at the time of repossession, Grantor agrees Lender may take such other goods, provided that Lender makes reasonable efforts to return them to Grantor after repossession.

Sell the Collateral. Lender shall have full power to sell, lease, transfer, or otherwise deal with the Collateral or proceeds thereof in Lender’s own name or that of Grantor. Lender may sell the Collateral at public auction or private sale. Unless the Collateral threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Lender will give Grantor, and other persons as required by law, reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale, or the time after which any private sale or any other disposition of the Collateral is to be made. However, no notice need be provided to any person who, after Event of Default occurs, enters into and authenticates an agreement waiving that person’s right to notification of sale. The requirements of reasonable notice shall be met if such notice is given at least ten (10) days before the time of the sale or disposition. All expenses relating to the disposition of the Collateral, including without limitation the expenses of retaking, holding, insuring, preparing for sale and selling the Collateral, shall become a part of the Indebtedness secured by this Agreement and shall be payable on demand, with interest at the Note rate from date of expenditure until repaid.

Appoint Receiver. Lender shall have the right to have a receiver appointed to take possession of all or any part of the Collateral, with the power to protect and preserve the Collateral, to operate the Collateral preceding foreclosure or sale, and to collect the Rents from the Collateral and apply the proceeds, over and above the cost of the receivership, against the Indebtedness. The receiver may serve without bond if permitted by law. Lender’s right to the appointment of a receiver shall exist whether or not the apparent value of the Collateral exceeds the Indebtedness by a substantial amount. Employment by Lender shall not disqualify a person from serving as a receiver.

Collect Revenues, Apply Accounts. Lender, either itself or through a receiver, may collect the payments, rents, income, and revenues from the Collateral. Lender may at any time in Lender’s discretion transfer any Collateral into Lender’s own name or that of Lender’s nominee and receive the payments, rents, income, and revenues therefrom and hold the same as security for the Indebtedness or apply it to payment of the Indebtedness in such order of preference as Lender may determine. Insofar as the Collateral consists of accounts, general intangibles, insurance policies, instruments, chattel paper, choses in action, or similar property, Lender may demand, collect, receipt for, settle, compromise, adjust, sue for, foreclose, or realize on the Collateral as Lender may determine, whether or not Indebtedness or Collateral is then due. For these purposes, Lender may, on behalf of and in the name of Grantor, receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to Grantor; change any address to which mail and payments are to be sent; and endorse notes, checks, drafts, money orders, documents of title, instruments and items pertaining to payment, shipment, or storage of any Collateral. To facilitate collection, Lender may notify account debtors and obligors on any Collateral to make payments directly to Lender.

Obtain Deficiency. If Lender chooses to sell any or all of the Collateral, Lender may obtain a judgment against Grantor for any deficiency remaining on the Indebtedness due to Lender after application of all amounts received from the exercise of the rights provided in this Agreement. Grantor shall be liable for a deficiency even if the transaction described in this subsection is a sale of accounts or chattel paper.

Other Rights and Remedies. Lender shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, as may be amended from time to time. In addition, Lender shall have and may exercise any or all other rights and remedies it may have available at law, in equity, or otherwise.

Election of Remedies. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies, whether evidenced by this Agreement, the Related Documents, or by any other writing, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Grantor under this Agreement, after Grantor’s failure to perform, shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and exercise its remedies.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

4




Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Grantor agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Grantor shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-Judgment collection services. Lender may also recover from Grantor all court, alternative dispute resolution or other collection costs (including, without limitation, fees and charges of collection agencies) actually incurred by Lender.

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

Governing Law. With respect to procedural matters related to the perfection and enforcement of Lender’s rights against the Collateral, this Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of Delaware. In all other respects, this Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. However, if there ever is a question about whether any provision of this Agreement is valid or enforceable, the provision that is questioned will be governed by whichever state or federal law would find the provision to be valid and enforceable. The loan transaction that is evidenced by the Note and this Agreement has been applied for, considered, approved and made, and all necessary loan documents have been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Grantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Orange County, State of California.

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Grantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Grantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Grantor, any notice given by Lender to any Grantor is deemed to be notice given to all Grantors.

Power of Attorney. Grantor hereby appoints Lender as Grantor’s irrevocable attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing any documents necessary to perfect, amend, or to continue the security interest granted in this Agreement or to demand termination of filings of other secured parties. Lender may at any time, and without further authorization from Grantor, file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of any financing statement or of this Agreement for use as a financing statement Grantor will reimburse Lender for all expenses for the perfection and the continuation of the perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

Successors and Assigns. Subject to any limitations stated in this Agreement on transfer of Grantor’s interest, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns. If ownership of the Collateral becomes vested in a person other than Grantor, Lender, without notice to Grantor, may deal with Grantor’s successors with reference to this Agreement and the Indebtedness by way of forbearance or extension without releasing Grantor from the obligations of this Agreement or liability under the Indebtedness.

Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations, warranties, and agreements made by Grantor in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Grantor’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full.

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Commercial Security Agreement, as this Commercial Security Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Commercial Security Agreement from time to time.

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means Willdan Group, Inc. and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Collateral as described in the Collateral Description section of this Agreement.

Default. The word “Default” means the Default set forth in this Agreement in the section titled “Default”.

5




Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means Willdan Group, Inc..

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Indebtedness.

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Grantor is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

Lender. The word “Lender” means Orange County Business Bank, its successors and assigns.

Note. The word “Note” means the Note executed by Willdan Group, Inc. in the principal amount of $8,000,000.00 dated January 31, 2007, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

Property. The word “Property” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Property as described in the “Collateral Description” section of this Agreement.

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

GRANTOR HAS READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS AGREEMENT IS DATED JANUARY 31, 2007.

THIS AGREEMENT IS GIVEN UNDER SEAL AND IT IS INTENDED THAT THIS AGREEMENT IS AND SHALL CONSTITUTE AND HAVE THE EFFECT OF A SEALED INSTRUMENT ACCORDING TO LAW.

GRANTOR:

 

 

WILLDAN GROUP, INC.

By :

/s/ Win S. Westfall

(Seal)

 

Win S. Westfall, President/CEO of Willdan

 

Group, Inc.

 

6



Exhibit 10.10

WILLDAN GROUP, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
2006 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1.                                      PURPOSE.  The purpose of this Willdan Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) is to encourage stock ownership by eligible employees of Willdan Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries, excluding Public Agency Resource (PARs), and to provide them with an incentive to contribute to the profitability and success of the Company.  The Plan is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code and will be maintained for the exclusive benefit of eligible employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

2.                                      DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of the Plan, in addition to the terms defined in Section 1, the following terms are defined:

(a)                      Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)                      Book Account” means the book entry account maintained on behalf of  each Participant by the Company for the purpose of accounting for the cash contributions withheld from payroll pending an investment in Stock.

(c)                      Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d)                      Earnings” means a Participant’s salary or wages, including overtime (but excluding bonuses) for services performed for the Company and its Subsidiaries and received by a Participant for services rendered during an Offering Period.

(e)                      Fair Market Value” means the closing price of the Stock on the relevant date as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market (or any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Stock is then listed), or if there were no sales on that date the closing price on the next preceding date for which a closing price was reported.

(f)                        Offering Period” means the six-month period beginning on each January 1 and ending each June 30 and the six-month period beginning on each July 1 and ending on each December 31; provided, however, that the initial offering period shall commence on February 10, 2007 and end on June 30, 2007.

(g)                     Parent” means any parent corporation as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(h)                     Participant” means an employee of the Company or a qualifying Subsidiary who is participating in the Plan.

(i)                        Purchase Right” means a Participant’s option to purchase Stock that is deemed to be outstanding during a Offering Period.  A Purchase Right represents an “option” under Section 423 of the Code.

(j)                        Stock” means the common stock of the Company.




(k)                    Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation as defined in Code Section 424(f).

3.                                      ADMINISTRATION.

(a)                      BOARD ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan will be administered by the Board.  The Board may delegate its administrative duties and authority (other than its authority to amend or terminate the Plan) to any Board committee or to any officers or employees or committee thereof as the Board may designate (in which case references to the Board will be deemed to refer to the administrator to which such duties and authority have been delegated).  The Board will have full authority to adopt, amend, suspend, waive, and rescind rules and regulations and appoint agents as it deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan, to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and rules and regulations thereunder, and to make all other decisions and determinations under the Plan (including determinations relating to eligibility).  No person acting in connection with the administration of the Plan will, in that capacity, participate in deciding any matter relating to his or her participation in the Plan.

(b)                      WAIVERS.  The Board may waive or modify any requirement that a notice or election be made or filed under the Plan a specified period in advance on an individual case or by adopting a rule or regulation under the Plan, without amending the Plan.

(c)                      OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.  The Company will furnish information from its records as directed by the Board, and such records, including a Participant’s Earnings, will be conclusive on all persons unless determined by the Board to be incorrect.  Each Participant and other person claiming benefits under the Plan must furnish to the Company in writing a current mailing address and any other information as the Board may reasonably request.  Any communication, statement, or notice mailed with postage prepaid to any such Participant or other person at the last mailing address filed with the Company will be deemed sufficiently given when mailed and will be binding upon the named recipient.  The Plan will be administered on a reasonable and nondiscriminatory basis and uniform rules will apply to all persons similarly situated.  All Participants will have equal rights and privileges (subject to the terms of the Plan) with respect to Purchase Right outstanding during any given Offering Period in accordance with Code Section 423(b)(5) .

4.                                      STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8(a), the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance or which may be otherwise acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights under the Plan will be 300,000; provided, however, that not more than 100,000 shares of Stock shall be available for issuance during any one calendar year.  Any shares of Stock delivered by the Company under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares or shares of Stock purchased on the open market.  If, at the end of any Offering Period, the number of shares of Stock with respect to which Purchase Rights are to be exercised exceeds the number of shares of Stock then available under the Plan, the Board shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Stock remaining available for purchase in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable.

2




5.                                      ENROLLMENT AND CONTRIBUTIONS.

(a)                      ELIGIBILITY.  An employee of the Company or any Subsidiary designated by the Board may be enrolled in the Plan for any Offering Period if such employee is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary authorized to participate in the Plan on the first day of the Offering Period, unless one of the following applies to the employee:

(i)                                    such person is customarily employed by the Company or a Subsidiary for 20 hours or less a week; or

(ii)                                such person is customarily employed by the Company or a Subsidiary for not more than five months in any calendar year.

The Company will notify an employee of the date as of which he or she is eligible to enroll in the Plan, and will make available to each eligible employee the necessary enrollment forms.

(b)                      INITIAL ENROLLMENT.  An employee who is eligible under Section 5(a) (or who will become eligible on or before a given Offering Period) may, after receiving current information about the Plan, initially enroll in the Plan by executing and filing with the Company a properly completed enrollment form, including the employee’s election as to the rate of payroll contributions for the Offering Period.  To be effective for any Offering Period, such properly executed enrollment form must be filed with the Company at such time prior to such Offering Period as may be determined by the Board.

(c)                      AUTOMATIC RE-ENROLLMENT FOR SUBSEQUENT OFFERING PERIODS.  A Participant whose enrollment in, and payroll contributions under, the Plan continues throughout a Offering Period will automatically be re-enrolled in the Plan for the next Offering Period unless (i) the Participant terminates enrollment before the next Offering Period in accordance with Section 7(a), or (ii) the Participant is ineligible to participate under Section 5(a).  The initial rate of payroll contributions for a Participant who is automatically re-enrolled for a Offering Period will be the same as the rate of payroll contribution in effect at the end of the preceding Offering Period, unless the Participant files a new properly executed enrollment form designating a different rate of payroll contributions and such new enrollment form is filed with the Company at such time prior to the beginning of the next Offering Period as may be determined by the Board.

(d)                      PAYROLL CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant will make contributions under the Plan only by means of payroll deductions from Earnings for each payroll period that is paid during the Offering Period, at the rate elected by the Participant in his or her enrollment form in effect for that Offering Period (except that such rate may be changed during the Offering Period to the extent permitted below).  The rate of payroll contributions elected by a Participant may not be less than one percent (1%) nor more than ten percent (10%) of the Participant’s Earnings for each payroll period, and only whole percentages may be elected; provided, however, that the Board may specify a lower minimum rate and higher maximum rate, subject to Section 9(b).  Notwithstanding the above, a Participant’s payroll contributions will be adjusted downward by the Company as necessary to ensure that the limit on the amount of Stock

3




purchased for an Offering Period set forth in Section 6(a)(iii) is not exceeded.  A Participant may elect to increase, decrease, or discontinue payroll contributions for a future Offering Period by filing a new enrollment form designating a different rate of payroll contributions, which properly executed form must be filed with the Company at such time prior to the beginning of an Offering Period as may be determined by the Board to be effective for that Offering Period.  In addition, a Participant may elect to discontinue payroll contributions during an Offering Period by filing a new properly executed enrollment form, such change to be effective for the next payroll after the Participant’s new enrollment form is filed with the Company.

(e)                      CREDITING PAYROLL CONTRIBUTIONS TO BOOK ACCOUNTS.  All payroll contributions by a Participant under the Plan will be credited to a Book Account maintained by the Company on behalf of such Participant. The Company will credit payroll contributions by a Participant to such Book Account as soon as practicable after the contributions are withheld from such Participant’s Earnings.

(f)                        NO INTEREST ON BOOK ACCOUNTS.  No interest will be credited or paid on cash balances in the Book Accounts pending investment in Stock.

6.                                      PURCHASES OF STOCK.

(a)                      PURCHASE RIGHTS.  Enrollment in the Plan for any Offering Period by a Participant will constitute a grant by the Company of a Purchase Right to such Participant for such Offering Period as long as the participant remains eligible pursuant to Section 5(a) hereof.  Each Purchase Right will be subject to the following terms:

(i)                                    The purchase price of each share of Stock purchased for each Offering Period will equal 95% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the last day of an Offering Period;

(ii)                                The number of shares of Stock that may be purchased upon exercise of the Purchase Right for a Offering Period will equal the number of shares that can be purchased at the purchase price specified in Section 6(a)(i) with the aggregate amount credited to the Participant’s Book Account as of the last day of an Offering Period.

(iii)                            Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of shares of Stock that any one individual may acquire upon exercise of his or her Purchase Right with respect to any one Offering Period is 10,000, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 8(a) (the “Individual Limit”).  The Board may amend the Individual Limit, effective no earlier than the first Offering Period commencing after the adoption of such amendment, without stockholder approval.

(iv)                               The Purchase Right will be automatically exercised on the last day of the Offering Period.

4




(v)                                   Payments by a Participant for Stock purchased under a Purchase Right will be made only through payroll deduction in accordance with Section 5(d) and (e).

(vi)                               The Purchase Right will expire on the earlier of the last day of the Offering Period or the date on which the Participant’s enrollment in the Plan terminates.

(b)                      LIMITS ON SHARE PURCHASES.  Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, any person who is otherwise an eligible to participate in this Plan shall not be granted any Purchase Right (or any Purchase Right granted such person shall be subject to compliance with the following limitations) or other right to purchase shares under this Plan to the extent:

(i)                                    it would, if exercised, cause the person to own stock (within the meaning of Section 423(b)(3) of the Code) possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company, or of any Parent, or of any Subsidiary; or

(ii)                                such Purchase Right causes such individual to have rights to purchase stock under this Plan and any other plan of the Company, any Parent, or any Subsidiary which is qualified under Section 423 of the Code which accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of the stock of the Company, of any Parent, or of any Subsidiary (determined at the time the right to purchase such stock is granted, before giving effect to any discounted purchase price under any such plan) for each calendar year in which such right is outstanding at any time.

For purposes of the foregoing, a right to purchase stock accrues when it first become exercisable during the calendar year.  In determining whether the stock ownership of any employee equals or exceeds the 5% limit set forth above, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code (relating to attribution of stock ownership) shall apply, and stock which the employee may purchase under outstanding purchase rights shall be treated as stock owned by the employee.

(c)                      PURCHASE OF STOCK.  At or as promptly as practicable after the last day of an Offering Period, amounts credited to each Participant’s Book Account will be applied by the Company to purchase Stock, in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  Shares of Stock will be purchased from the Company or in the open market, as the Board determines.  The Company will aggregate the amounts in all Book Accounts when purchasing Stock, and shares purchased will be allocated to each Participant in proportion to the balance allocated from each Participant’s Book Account.  After completing purchases for each Offering Period (which will be completed in not more than 15 calendar days after the last day of an Offering Period), the Company’s stock transfer agent will issue to each Participant a stock certificate for the number of shares of Stock purchased by such Participant.

5




(d)                      EXCESS ACCOUNT BALANCES.  If any amounts remain in a Book Account following the date on which the Company purchases Stock for an Offering Period for any reason, such amounts will be returned to the Participant as promptly as practicable.

7.                                      TERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

(a)                      TERMINATION OF ENROLLMENT.  A Participant’s enrollment in the Plan will terminate upon (i) the beginning of any payroll period or Offering Period that begins after he or she files a written notice of termination of enrollment with the Company, provided that such Participant will continue to be deemed to be enrolled with respect to any completed Offering Period for which purchases have not been completed, (ii) such time as the Participant becomes ineligible to participate under Section 5(a) of the Plan, or (iii) the termination of the Participant’s employment by the Company and its Subsidiaries.  An employee whose enrollment in the Plan terminates may again enroll in the Plan as of any subsequent Offering Period if he or she satisfies the eligibility requirements of Section 5(a) as of such Offering Period.  A Participant’s election to discontinue payroll contributions will not constitute a termination of enrollment.

(b)                      DISTRIBUTION.  As soon as practicable after a Participant’s enrollment in the Plan terminates, amounts in the Participant’s Book Account which resulted from payroll contributions will be repaid to the Participant.  If a Participant’s termination of enrollment results from his or her death, all amounts payable will be paid to his or her designated beneficiary or beneficiaries and if no such designation is made, to his or her estate.

8.                          ADJUSTMENTS; POSSIBLE EARLY TERMINATION OF PURCHASE RIGHTS

(a)                      ADJUSTMENTS.  Upon or in contemplation of any reclassification, recapitalization, stock split (including a stock split in the form of a stock dividend), or reverse stock split; any merger, combination, consolidation, or other reorganization; split-up, spin-off, or any similar extraordinary dividend distribution in respect of the Stock (whether in the form of securities or property); any exchange of Stock or other securities of the Company, or any similar, unusual or extraordinary corporate transaction in respect of the Stock; or a sale of substantially all the assets of the Company as an entirety occurs; then the Board shall equitably and proportionately adjust (1) the number and type of shares or the number and type of other securities that thereafter may be made the subject of Purchase Rights (including the specific maxima and numbers of shares set forth elsewhere in this Plan), (2) the number, amount and type of shares (or other securities or property) subject to any or all outstanding Purchase Rights, (3) the purchase price of any or all outstanding Purchaser Rights, and/or (4) the securities, cash or other property deliverable upon exercise of any outstanding Purchase Rights, in each case to the extent necessary to preserve (but not increase) the level of incentives intended by this Plan and the then-outstanding Purchase Rights.

Upon the occurrence of any event described in the preceding paragraph, or any other event in which the Company does not survive (or does not survive as a public company in respect of its Stock); then the Board may make provision for a cash payment or for the substitution or exchange of any or all outstanding Purchase Rights for cash, securities or property

6




to be delivered to the holders of any or all outstanding Purchase Rights based upon the distribution or consideration payable to holders of the Stock upon or in respect of such event.

The Board may adopt such valuation methodologies for outstanding Purchase Rights as it deems reasonable in the event of a cash or property settlement and, without limitation on other methodologies, may base such settlement solely upon the excess (if any) of the amount payable upon or in respect of such event over the purchase price of the Purchase Right.

In any of such events, the Board may take such action sufficiently prior to such event to the extent that the Board deems the action necessary to permit the Participant to realize the benefits intended to be conveyed with respect to the underlying shares in the same manner as is or will be available to stockholders generally.

(b)                      POSSIBLE EARLY TERMINATION OF PLAN AND PURCHASE RIGHTS.  Upon a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any other event described in Section 8(a) that the Company does not survive or does not survive as a publicly-traded company in respect of its Stock, as the case may be, the Plan and, if prior to the last day of an Offering Period, any outstanding Purchase Right granted with respect to that Offering Period shall terminate, subject to any provision that has been expressly made by the Board for the survival, substitution, assumption, exchange or other settlement of the Plan and Purchase Rights.  In the event a Participant’s Purchase Right is terminated pursuant to this Section 8(b) without a provision having been made by the Board for a substitution, exchange or other settlement of the Purchase Right, such Participant’s Book Account shall be paid to him or her in cash without interest.

9.                                      GENERAL PROVISIONS.

(a)                      COSTS.  Costs and expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan and maintenance of Book Accounts will be paid by the Company, to the extent provided in this Section 9(a).  Any brokerage fees and commissions for the purchase of Stock under the Plan will be paid by the Company, but any brokerage fees and commissions for the sale of Stock by a Participant will be borne by such Participant.

(b)                      COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 423.  It is the intent of the Company that this Plan comply in all respects with applicable requirements of Section 423 of the Code and regulations thereunder.  Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan does not comply with such requirements, such provision will be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

(c)                      COMPLIANCE WITH LEGAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS.  The Plan, the granting and exercising of Purchase Rights hereunder, and the other obligations of the Company under the Plan will be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required.  The Company may, in its discretion, postpone the issuance or delivery of Stock upon exercise of Purchase Rights until completion of such registration or qualification of such Stock or other required action under any federal or state law, rule, or regulation, or the laws of any country in

7




which employees of the Company and a Subsidiary who are nonresident aliens and who are eligible to participate reside, or other required action with respect to any automated quotation system or stock exchange upon which the Stock or other Company securities are designated or listed, or compliance with any other contractual obligation of the Company, as the Company may consider appropriate.  In addition, the Company may require any Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Stock in compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, designation or listing requirements, or other contractual obligations.

(d)                      LIMITS ON ENCUMBERING RIGHTS.  No right or interest of a Participant under the Plan, including any Purchase Right, may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party, subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant, or otherwise assigned, transferred, or disposed of except pursuant to the laws of descent or distribution, and any right of a Participant under the Plan will be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

(e)                      NO RIGHT TO CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT.  Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder, including the grant of a Purchase Right, will be construed as giving any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate any employee’s employment at any time.

(f)                        TAXES.  The Company or any Subsidiary is authorized to withhold from any payment to be made to a Participant, including any payroll and other payments not related to the Plan, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction under the Plan, and a Participant’s enrollment in the Plan will be deemed to constitute his or her consent to such withholding.  In addition, Participants may be required to advise the Company of sales and other dispositions of Stock acquired under the plan in order to permit the Company to comply with tax laws and to claim any tax deductions to which the Company may be entitled with respect to the Plan.  This provision and other Plan provisions do not set forth an explanation of the tax consequences to Participants under the Plan.  A brief summary of the tax consequences will be included in disclosure documents to be separately furnished to Participants.

(g)                     CHANGES TO THE PLAN.  The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that any such action will be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders within one year after such Board action if such stockholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any automated quotation system or stock exchange on which the Stock may then be quoted or listed, or if such stockholder approval is necessary in order for the Plan to continue to meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such actions to stockholders for approval.  However, without the consent of an affected Participant, no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination of the Plan may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant with respect to outstanding Purchase Rights relating to any Offering Period that has been completed prior to such Board action.  Changes contemplated by Section 8(a) or 8(b) shall not be deemed to constitute changes or amendments requiring Participant consent.  The foregoing notwithstanding, upon termination of the Plan the Board may (i) elect to terminate all outstanding Purchase Rights

8




at such time as the Board may designate, and all amounts contributed to the Plan which are reflected in a Participant’s Book Account will be returned to the Participant (without interest) as promptly as practicable, or (ii) shorten the Offering Period to such period determined by the Board and use amounts credited to a Participant Book Account to purchase Stock.

(h)                     NO RIGHTS TO PARTICIPATE; NO STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS.  No Participant or employee will have any claim to participate in the Plan with respect to Offering Periods that have not commenced, and the Company will have no obligation to continue the Plan.  No Purchase Right will confer on any Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company unless and until Stock is duly issued or transferred and delivered to the Participant.

(i)                        NO FRACTIONAL SHARES.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, purchases of Stock under the Plan shall not result in the issuance of fractional shares of Stock to a Participant.  Any amounts in a Participant’s Book Account after the purchase of whole shares of Stock shall be paid to such Participant as soon as practicable following the end of the Offering Period.

(j)                        GOVERNING LAW.  The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan will be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and applicable federal law.

(k)                    EFFECTIVE DATE.  The Plan will become effective on February 10, 2007, subject to the Plan being approved by stockholders of the Company, if not previously approved, by a vote sufficient to meet the requirements of Section 423 (b) (2) of the Code.  If the Plan is not approved in accordance with Section 423 (b) (2) of the Code, each Participant’s Purchase Right shall be void and amounts credited to the Participant’s Book Account shall be promptly returned to the Participant.

9



Exhibit 14.1

WILLDAN GROUP, INC.

CODE OF ETHICAL CONDUCT

Introduction

It is the belief of the Willdan Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) that a strong commitment to principles of ethical conduct is essential for its success.  Accordingly, the Company has adopted this Code of Ethical Conduct (the “Code”) to outline expectations and provide standards for all employees, directors, and officers, regardless of the positions they hold. This Code promotes:

·                  Honest and ethical conduct;

·                  Full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and public communications;

·                  Compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

·                  The prompt reporting of violations of this Code to appropriate individuals identified in this Code; and

·                  Accountability for adherence to this Code.

While this Code cannot address every issue that may arise, it is designed to estab­lish basic principles that every individual is expected to observe in the performance of his or her role as an employee, director, or officer of the Company. This code is in addition to and is meant to complement other Company codes of professional and ethical conduct. In the event an employee, director, or officer is unsure about a proper course of conduct, he or she should consult a Human Resources representative, or Company Presi­dent. If an employee, director, or officer is aware of a violation or potential violation of this Code, he or she should follow the procedures described in the section entitled “Reporting a Violation or Suspected Violation”. Violation of this Code may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination.

Laws, Rules, Regulations and Company Policies

It is the Company’s philosophy that being informed about the legal environment in which the Company does business and conducting business in a manner that is lawful is vital to the Company’s continued success. Each employee, director, and officer of the Company is expected to comply with all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations.  While an employee, director, or officer is not expected to be on familiar terms with every law or regulation, such person is expected to utilize reasonable judgment when determining when it is appropriate to seek advice or clarification on laws, rules and regulations.  Further, the employee, officer or director is expected to follow both the letter and spirit of these laws, rules and regulations.  Employees, directors, and officers are also expected to be familiar with and comply with the terms, conditions and policies set forth in the Company’s Employee Handbook.

1




Business Information and Disclosures to Investors

As a public company, it is critical that the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission as well as other public communications be full, fair, accu­rate, complete, timely and understandable.  To assist in meeting the reporting standards detailed above, for all material information, including information relating to the Company’s financial records and reports, an internal system of controls and procedures, as well as a Disclosure Committee has been established.  Each indi­vidual is expected to follow these controls and procedures to the extent they apply to his or her role.

Employees, directors, and officers are expected to always record information accurately, honestly and in accordance with all applicable legal requirements, as well as the Company’s internal system of controls.  An employee, director, or officer of the Company will never be granted authorization to knowingly enter into or maintain any false or mis­leading information in the corporate books, records, accounts or financial statements.

If an employee is aware that public disclosures are not accurate, complete or timely, or if an employee becomes aware of a transaction or development that he or she believes may require disclosure, that employee should report the information immediately to a member of the Disclosure Committee.  The Disclosure Committee includes the Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Vice President-Controller, Vice President-Human Resources and Vice President of Financial Reporting and Compliance.

In the event the President and Chief Executive Officer and/or one of the senior financial officers, or any other officer, becomes aware of information that has been filed or disclosed regarding the Company’s business and/or financial condition that does not meet the standards set forth above, he or she is expected to promptly report the violation to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Record Retention

Records should always be retained or destroyed as outlined in the Company’s Records Retention Policy. In accordance with those policies, in the event of litigation or governmental investigation, each employee, director and officer is expected to preserve all possibly relevant documents.

Special Ethics Obligations for Employees with Financial Reporting Responsibilities

Employees with financial reporting responsibilities bear a special responsibility for promoting integrity throughout the organization, with responsibilities to stakeholders both inside and outside of the Company. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, all Finance Department personnel, Presidents of subsidiary companies, Division Managers, and Regional Managers have a special role both to adhere to these principles themselves and also to ensure that a culture exists throughout the Company as a whole that ensures the fair and timely reporting of the Company’s financial results and condition. Because of this special role, the personnel listed above are bound by the following Financial Officer Code of Ethics, and by

2




accepting this Code, each agrees that he or she will, in his or her capacity as an employee of the Company:

·                  Act with honesty and integrity, avoiding actual or apparent conflicts of interest in personal and professional relationships,

·                  Provide information that is accurate, complete, objective, relevant, timely, and understandable to ensure full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, government agencies and in other public communications,

·                  Comply with rules and regulations of federal, state, provincial and local governments, and other appropriate private and public regulatory agencies,

·                  Act in good faith, responsibly, with due care, competence and diligence, without misrepresenting material facts or allowing his or her independent judgment to be subordinated,

·                  Respect the confidentiality of information acquired in the course of his or her work except when authorized or otherwise legally obligated to disclose. Confidential information acquired in the course of one’s work will not be used for personal advantage,

·                  Share knowledge and maintain skills important and relevant to stakeholder’s needs,

·                  Proactively promote and be an example of ethical behavior as a responsible partner among peers, in the work environment and the community,

·                  Achieve responsible use of and control over all assets and resources employed or entrusted, and

·                  Promptly report to the Vice President of Financial Reporting and Compliance and/or the Chairman of the Audit Committee any conduct that the individual believes to be a violation of law or business ethics or of any provision of this Code, including any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to such a conflict.

Violations of this Financial Officer Code of Ethics, including failures to report potential violations by others, will be viewed as a severe disciplinary matter that may result in personnel action, including termination of employment.

3




Conflicts of Interest

The Company respects all individuals’ rights to engage in activities outside of their employment that are private in nature (social, community, political, or religious). However, each employee, director, and officer is expected to avoid situations and relationships that involve the appearance of a conflict of interest or an actual or potential conflict of interest.  A “conflict of interest” exists when private interests interfere in any way with the interests of the Company or when an employee, director, or officer takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Directors and employees are expected to conduct their personal, off-duty affairs in a manner that does not adversely affect the Company’s integrity, reputation, or credibility.

Personal or Business Opportunities

Employees, directors, and officers are prohibited from taking advantage of personal opportunities that are discovered through use of Company property, access to Company information or as a result of their position with the Company without the consent of the Board.  No employee, director, or officer may use Company property, information, or position for improper personal gain, and no employee, director, or officer may compete with the Company directly or indirectly.  Employees, directors, and officers have a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.

Securities Laws and Insider Trading

Employees, directors, and officers are not allowed to purchase or sell the Company’s stock while in the possession of material, non-public information concerning the Company.  In general, information will be considered “material” if a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decision.  This information includes, but is not limited to, earnings results, acquisitions, divestitures, or pending changes in management or control.  In addition, to use any material non-public information to “tip” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of this information is not only unethical, but also illegal.

These rules also apply to the use of material, non-public information about other companies including, but not limited to, clients, competitors and potential business partners.  These rules also apply to an employee’s, director’s, or officer’s spouse, children, parents and siblings, as well as any other family members living in his or her household.

The Company also maintains a separate Insider Trading Policy that employees, directors, and officers are expected to become familiar with and comply with at all times.  Questions regarding this policy should be directed to the Chief Financial Officer.

Antitrust Laws

The antitrust laws of the United States are intended to protect and promote vigorous and fair competition.  Employees, directors, and officers are expected to adhere to applicable antitrust laws.  A violation of these laws may give rise to civil or criminal prosecution.  Because the antitrust laws are broad and far-reaching, employees should always obtain the advice of a

4




member of management before engaging in any conduct or practice that may involve antitrust laws.

Entertainment and Gifts

The purpose of business entertainment and gifts is to create goodwill and sound working relationships.  The purpose is not to gain unfair advantages with customers, suppliers or personnel who work for the government or an organization that regu­lates the Company’s business or business operations.  No gift or entertainment should ever be offered, given, provided or accepted by any employee, officer, director, or family member of such person unless it:

·                  Is not a cash gift;

·                  Is consistent with customary business practices;

·                  Is of nominal value;

·                  Cannot be construed as a bribe or payoff;

·                  Does not violate any laws or regulations; and

·                  Does not imply that additional business opportunities are contingent upon the gift/gratuity.

The promise, offer or delivery to an official or employee of the United States gov­ernment of a gift, favor or other gratuity in violation of any federal laws, rules or regulations would not only violate this Code but could also be a criminal offense.  State and local governments or other regulating agencies may have similar rules.

Equal Opportunity

The Company is guided by the principles of equal opportunities for all and respect for others. The Company is firmly committed to providing equal opportunities in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any discrimination or harassment of any kind with regard to race, color, gender, religion, sexual orientation, age, national origin, ancestry, medical condition, marital status, veteran status or any other category protected by federal, state or local law.

Confidentiality, Protection and Proper Use and Treatment of Company Information

Confidentiality, protection and the appropriate treatment of information is critical to the Company’s ability to grow and compete. Every employee, director, and officer is expected to take measures to protect or assist in the protection of all confidential and proprietary information, including technical, financial, marketing and other business information, which, if made available to our competitors or the public, would be advantageous to such competitors and detrimental to the Company.  Each individual is expected to maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to him or her by the Company or its customers, suppliers and competitors, except when disclosure is authorized by management or legally mandated.  The obligation to preserve confidential information continues even after employment with the Company ends.

5




Amendments and Waivers to this Code for Directors and Executive Officers

The Company will promptly disclose, in the manner required by law or Nasdaq regulation, any of the following:

·                  The nature of any amendment to this Code that applies to any of our directors or executive officers; and

·                  The nature of any waiver, including an implicit waiver, from a provision of this Code that is granted by the Board to any director or officer.

Reporting a Violation or Suspected Violation

Any employee, director, or officer, regardless of his or her position, that suspects a violation of this Code or has knowledge of a suspected violation of this Code is expected to bring forward any pertinent information, regardless of the identity or position of the suspected offender. To report a suspected violation of this Code, contact a Human Resources representative, or Company President. Individuals reporting a suspected violation of this Code may choose to remain anonymous, and such violations (or potential violations) are to be reported directly to the Audit Committee of the Board.

All information regarding a suspected violation will be treated with the utmost pri­vacy and in a confidential manner, consistent with the appropriate evaluation and investigation. If it is determined, upon the appropriate evaluation and investigation, that a provision of this Code has been violated, dis­ciplinary action will be taken, up to and including termination of employment, against the person(s) violating this Code.

The Company has a zero tolerance policy for retaliation or retribution against any person who reports a suspected violation of this Code (even if the report is mis­taken but was submitted in the good faith belief it was correct) or against any person who participates in the investigation of a violation of this Code.  Any person who has been found to have engaged in an act(s) of retaliation will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination.

6



Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors
Willdan Group, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-139127) on Form S-8 of Willdan Group, Inc. of our report dated March 21, 2007, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Willdan Group, Inc. as of December 29, 2006 and December 30, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable common stock and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 29, 2006, which report appears in the December 29, 2006 annual report on Form 10-K of Willdan Group, Inc.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

 

 

Los Angeles, California
March 23, 2007



Exhibit 31.1

SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF PRESIDENT

I, Tracy Lenocker, certify that:

1.                I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Willdan Group, Inc.;

2.                Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.                Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.                The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a)                Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)               Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c)                Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.                The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)                All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)               Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  March 27, 2007

By:

/s/ Tracy Lenocker

 

 

Tracy Lenocker

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 



Exhibit 31.2

SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Mallory McCamant, certify that:

1.                 I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Willdan Group, Inc.;

2.                 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.                 Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.                 The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a)               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)              Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c)               Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.                 The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 27, 2007

By:

/s/ Mallory McCamant

 

 

Mallory McCamant

 

 

Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 



Exhibit 32.1

Certification of President and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350,
as Adopted Pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Willdan Group, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 29, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Tracy Lenocker, as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Mallory McCamant, as Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of his or her knowledge:

(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

By:

 

/s/ Tracy Lenocker

 

 

Tracy Lenocker

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

March 27, 2007

By:

 

/s/ Mallory McCamant

 

 

Mallory McCamant

 

 

Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

 

March 27, 2007

 

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of § 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and it is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. A signed original of this written statement required by § 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.